Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

569 missions · 280 completed

Missions

Open289Completed280All569
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design II: Myerson's Optimal Single-Unit AuctionTextbook

Why revenue-maximizing auctions matter

A seller with one indivisible good and several potential buyers, each of whom privately knows how much the good is worth to them, has to choose a selling procedure: a posted price, an English auction, a sealed-bid auction with a reserve price, or something more elaborate. Which procedure raises the most expected revenue? Myerson's answer (Myerson 1981) is the foundation of optimal auction design. It underlies reserve-price setting in practice, the analysis of sponsored-search and ad-exchange auctions, and the modern algorithmic mechanism design literature, which treats Myerson's auction as the benchmark against which simple and approximately optimal auctions are measured.

This mission formalizes Section 3.2 of Tilman Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design (Oxford University Press, 2015), the textbook treatment of Myerson's result in the independent private values model with Bayesian incentive compatibility. It is the second mission of a series covering the book.

Timeline. Vickrey (1961) showed that the second-price auction makes truthful bidding a dominant strategy and compared auction formats. Myerson (1981) characterized the revenue-maximizing mechanism for independent private values with possibly asymmetric distributions; Riley and Samuelson (1981) obtained the symmetric case and the optimal reserve price independently. The revelation principle in the Bayesian form used here goes back to Myerson (1979) and Dasgupta, Hammond and Maskin (1979).

Setting

There are N≥2N \ge 2N≥2 potential buyers i∈I={1,…,N}i \in I = \{1,\dots,N\}i∈I={1,…,N}. Buyer iii values the good at θi\theta_iθi​; if he receives it and pays tit_iti​ his utility is θi−ti\theta_i - t_iθi​−ti​, and otherwise −ti-t_i−ti​. The seller's utility is ∑iti\sum_i t_i∑i​ti​. The valuations θ1,…,θN\theta_1,\dots,\theta_Nθ1​,…,θN​ are independent; θi\theta_iθi​ has cumulative distribution function FiF_iFi​ and density fif_ifi​ with fi(θi)>0f_i(\theta_i) > 0fi​(θi​)>0 on the common support [θ‾,θˉ][\underline\theta, \bar\theta][θ​,θˉ], where 0≤θ‾<θˉ0 \le \underline\theta < \bar\theta0≤θ​<θˉ. The type space is Θ=[θ‾,θˉ]N\Theta = [\underline\theta,\bar\theta]^NΘ=[θ​,θˉ]N and the joint density is f(θ)=∏ifi(θi)f(\theta) = \prod_i f_i(\theta_i)f(θ)=∏i​fi​(θi​).

A direct mechanism asks buyers to report their types and consists of an allocation rule q:Θ→Δq : \Theta \to \Deltaq:Θ→Δ, where Δ={(q1,…,qN):0≤qi≤1, ∑iqi≤1}\Delta = \{(q_1,\dots,q_N) : 0 \le q_i \le 1,\ \sum_i q_i \le 1\}Δ={(q1​,…,qN​):0≤qi​≤1, ∑i​qi​≤1}, and payment rules ti:Θ→Rt_i : \Theta \to \mathbb Rti​:Θ→R. Its interim quantities are the expected allocation probability, payment and utility of buyer iii conditional on his own type:

Qi(θi)=∫Θ−iqi(θi,θ−i)f−i(θ−i) dθ−i,Ti(θi)=∫Θ−iti(θi,θ−i)f−i(θ−i) dθ−i,Ui=θiQi−Ti.Q_i(\theta_i) = \int_{\Theta_{-i}} q_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i}) f_{-i}(\theta_{-i})\,d\theta_{-i},\quad T_i(\theta_i) = \int_{\Theta_{-i}} t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i}) f_{-i}(\theta_{-i})\,d\theta_{-i},\quad U_i = \theta_i Q_i - T_i.Qi​(θi​)=∫Θ−i​​qi​(θi​,θ−i​)f−i​(θ−i​)dθ−i​,Ti​(θi​)=∫Θ−i​​ti​(θi​,θ−i​)f−i​(θ−i​)dθ−i​,Ui​=θi​Qi​−Ti​.

The mechanism is incentive-compatible if θiQi(θi)−Ti(θi)≥θiQi(θi′)−Ti(θi′)\theta_i Q_i(\theta_i) - T_i(\theta_i) \ge \theta_i Q_i(\theta_i') - T_i(\theta_i')θi​Qi​(θi​)−Ti​(θi​)≥θi​Qi​(θi′​)−Ti​(θi′​) for all i,θi,θi′i,\theta_i,\theta_i'i,θi​,θi′​ (truth-telling is a Bayesian Nash equilibrium) and individually rational if Ui(θi)≥0U_i(\theta_i) \ge 0Ui​(θi​)≥0 for all i,θii,\theta_ii,θi​. The virtual valuation of buyer iii is

ψi(θi)=θi−1−Fi(θi)fi(θi),\psi_i(\theta_i) = \theta_i - \frac{1 - F_i(\theta_i)}{f_i(\theta_i)},ψi​(θi​)=θi​−fi​(θi​)1−Fi​(θi​)​,

and the distribution FiF_iFi​ is regular if ψi\psi_iψi​ is strictly increasing.

Formalization targets

Goal: Myerson's optimal auction (Proposition 3.4)

Under regularity, among all incentive-compatible and individually rational direct mechanisms, a mechanism maximizes the seller's expected revenue E[∑iti(θ)]\mathbb E[\sum_i t_i(\theta)]E[∑i​ti​(θ)] exactly when, for every buyer iii,

qi(θ)={1if ψi(θi)>0 and ψi(θi)>ψj(θj) for all j≠i,0otherwise,Ti(θi)=θiQi(θi)−∫θ‾θiQi(x) dx,q_i(\theta) = \begin{cases}1 & \text{if } \psi_i(\theta_i) > 0 \text{ and } \psi_i(\theta_i) > \psi_j(\theta_j) \text{ for all } j \ne i,\\ 0&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}\qquad T_i(\theta_i) = \theta_i Q_i(\theta_i) - \int_{\underline\theta}^{\theta_i} Q_i(x)\,dx,qi​(θ)={10​if ψi​(θi​)>0 and ψi​(θi​)>ψj​(θj​) for all j=i,otherwise,​Ti​(θi​)=θi​Qi​(θi​)−∫θ​θi​​Qi​(x)dx,

the allocation identity holding for almost every θ\thetaθ; and such a mechanism exists.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1, the revelation principle: every Bayesian Nash equilibrium of every mechanism is replicated by truth-telling in an incentive-compatible direct mechanism.
  2. Lemmas 3.1–3.4: incentive compatibility makes QiQ_iQi​ increasing and UiU_iUi​ convex with Ui′=QiU_i' = Q_iUi′​=Qi​; payoff equivalence Ui(θi)=Ui(θ‾)+∫θ‾θiQiU_i(\theta_i) = U_i(\underline\theta) + \int_{\underline\theta}^{\theta_i} Q_iUi​(θi​)=Ui​(θ​)+∫θ​θi​​Qi​; revenue equivalence for TiT_iTi​.
  3. Proposition 3.2: incentive compatibility holds if and only if every QiQ_iQi​ is increasing and the revenue-equivalence formula holds.
  4. Proposition 3.3: under incentive compatibility, individual rationality is equivalent to Ti(θ‾)≤θ‾Qi(θ‾)T_i(\underline\theta) \le \underline\theta Q_i(\underline\theta)Ti​(θ​)≤θ​Qi​(θ​).
  5. Lemma 3.5: an optimal mechanism has Ti(θ‾)=θ‾Qi(θ‾)T_i(\underline\theta) = \underline\theta Q_i(\underline\theta)Ti​(θ​)=θ​Qi​(θ​).
  6. Eqs. (3.4)–(3.5): expected revenue equals expected virtual surplus ∑i∫Θqi(θ)ψi(θi)f(θ) dθ\sum_i \int_\Theta q_i(\theta)\psi_i(\theta_i) f(\theta)\,d\theta∑i​∫Θ​qi​(θ)ψi​(θi​)f(θ)dθ.
  7. Proposition 3.5: a mechanism maximizes expected welfare E[∑iqi(θ)θi]\mathbb E[\sum_i q_i(\theta)\theta_i]E[∑i​qi​(θ)θi​] among incentive-compatible, individually rational mechanisms if and only if it gives the good to the highest value (almost everywhere) and Ti(θi)≤θiQi(θi)−∫θ‾θiQiT_i(\theta_i) \le \theta_i Q_i(\theta_i) - \int_{\underline\theta}^{\theta_i}Q_iTi​(θi​)≤θi​Qi​(θi​)−∫θ​θi​​Qi​.

Significance

The theorem identifies the revenue-maximizing selling procedure among all procedures, not among a parametric family: by the revelation principle, no auction format, however elaborate, and no equilibrium of it can beat the mechanism of Proposition 3.4. Its consequences include the optimality of first- and second-price auctions with reserve price ψ−1(0)\psi^{-1}(0)ψ−1(0) when buyers are symmetric, the revenue equivalence of standard auction formats, the fact that an asymmetric optimal auction may sell to a buyer without the highest value, and the monopoly inefficiency that the optimal seller sometimes withholds the good. The envelope characterization of Bayesian incentive compatibility (Proposition 3.2) is the tool reused throughout the rest of the book, in public goods provision, bilateral trade and dynamic screening.

The result is classical and fully proved in the literature. What is missing is a machine-checked version at this generality: asymmetric distributions, an arbitrary lower support end θ‾≥0\underline\theta \ge 0θ​≥0, Bayesian (interim) rather than dominant-strategy constraints, and optimality over all incentive-compatible and individually rational mechanisms. Existing formalizations on the platform treat the i.i.d. case with values on [0,vˉ][0,\bar v][0,vˉ].

Difficulty

The obvious argument maximizes the virtual surplus ∑iqi(θ)ψi(θi)\sum_i q_i(\theta)\psi_i(\theta_i)∑i​qi​(θ)ψi​(θi​) pointwise and declares victory, but this ignores that the seller's feasible set is constrained by monotonicity of every QiQ_iQi​; the pointwise maximizer is feasible only because regularity makes ψi\psi_iψi​ increasing, and that has to be proved for the interim probabilities, which integrate over the other buyers' types. The revenue identity links interim payments, which integrate over the other buyers' types, to an integral over the whole type space weighted by the virtual valuation, and it is only valid for mechanisms whose lowest types' payments are pinned down. The necessity direction requires showing that ties and zero virtual values are null events, which rests on strict monotonicity of every ψi\psi_iψi​ and on the absolute continuity of the type distribution. Finally, the envelope step requires convexity and almost-everywhere differentiability of UiU_iUi​, with care at the endpoints of the type interval.

Formalization scope

Buyers form a finite type with at least two elements. The prior is the measure on RN\mathbb R^NRN with density ∏ifi(θi)\prod_i f_i(\theta_i)∏i​fi​(θi​) on Θ\ThetaΘ and no mass outside it; each fif_ifi​ is measurable, strictly positive on [θ‾,θˉ][\underline\theta,\bar\theta][θ​,θˉ] and integrates to 111; Fi(θi)=∫θ‾θifiF_i(\theta_i) = \int_{\underline\theta}^{\theta_i} f_iFi​(θi​)=∫θ​θi​​fi​. Allocation and payment rules are total functions whose values on Θ\ThetaΘ are constrained, and QiQ_iQi​, TiT_iTi​ are prior expectations with the iii-th coordinate fixed. "Increasing" is weak monotonicity, as in the book; regularity is strict monotonicity of ψi\psi_iψi​ on [θ‾,θˉ][\underline\theta,\bar\theta][θ​,θˉ] (Assumption 3.1).

The following conventions are committed to:

  • Measurability. The book omits measurability throughout. The comparison class for optimality consists of mechanisms with measurable qi,tiq_i, t_iqi​,ti​, integrable tit_iti​, and integrable sections θ−i↦ti(θi,θ−i)\theta_{-i}\mapsto t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})θ−i​↦ti​(θi​,θ−i​). Without these hypotheses the Lean integrals would be 000 and revenue comparisons would be meaningless.
  • Almost-everywhere characterizations. Propositions 3.4 and 3.5 are printed with "for all θ∈Θ\theta \in \Thetaθ∈Θ". Changing qqq on a null set of type vectors changes neither incentives nor revenue nor welfare, so the "only if" directions hold only almost everywhere; they are stated for almost every θ\thetaθ, and the existence of a mechanism satisfying the allocation rule at every θ\thetaθ is stated separately. The payment conditions hold for every θi\theta_iθi​.
  • Explicit formulas. The goal states Myerson's allocation rule and the payment formula Ti(θi)=θiQi(θi)−∫θ‾θiQi(x) dxT_i(\theta_i) = \theta_i Q_i(\theta_i) - \int_{\underline\theta}^{\theta_i} Q_i(x)\,dxTi​(θi​)=θi​Qi​(θi​)−∫θ​θi​​Qi​(x)dx explicitly. Proposition 3.5 states the efficient rule qi(θ)=1q_i(\theta) = 1qi​(θ)=1 iff θi>θj\theta_i > \theta_jθi​>θj​ for all j≠ij \ne ij=i, and the payment inequality. A statement asserting only that some optimal mechanism exists, or only that the optimal auction is efficient, would not be this theorem.
  • Revelation principle. A general mechanism has arbitrary measurable message sets and an outcome function giving allocation probabilities in Δ\DeltaΔ and expected transfers; equilibria are in pure type-contingent strategies. A version in which the mechanism is already direct would be trivial and is not the statement.
  • Interim constraints. Incentive compatibility and individual rationality are Bayesian and interim, not dominant-strategy or ex post; the latter are the subject of a later mission.
  • Endpoints in Lemma 3.2. Differentiability of UiU_iUi​ and Ui′=QiU_i' = Q_iUi′​=Qi​ are stated at interior points of [θ‾,θˉ][\underline\theta,\bar\theta][θ​,θˉ].

The envelope and payoff-equivalence lemmas, and the revenue identity, are reused in later missions of this series, so proofs of the milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • Tilman Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design, Oxford University Press, 2015, §3.2, pp. 31–45. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199734023.001.0001
  • Roger B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 58–73, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • John G. Riley and William F. Samuelson, Optimal Auctions, American Economic Review 71(3), 381–392, 1981. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1802786
  • William Vickrey, Counterspeculation, Auctions, and Competitive Sealed Tenders, Journal of Finance 16(1), 8–37, 1961. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6261.1961.tb02789.x
  • Roger B. Myerson, Incentive Compatibility and the Bargaining Problem, Econometrica 47(1), 61–73, 1979. https://doi.org/10.2307/1912346
  • Partha Dasgupta, Peter Hammond and Eric Maskin, The Implementation of Social Choice Rules: Some General Results on Incentive Compatibility, Review of Economic Studies 46(2), 185–216, 1979. https://doi.org/10.2307/2297045
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming VI: Optimal Policies for the Continuous Gold-Mining ProcessTextbook

Motivation

Chapter II of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton University Press, 1957) solves a discrete gold-mining process: a single machine can be used in one of two mines, each use extracts a fixed fraction of the gold remaining in that mine, and each use carries a fixed risk of destroying the machine. Maximizing the expected total gold leads to an index rule: work the mine whose ratio of expected yield to risk is larger. Chapter VIII, A Continuous Stochastic Decision Process, passes to continuous time. Decisions are taken at every instant, and effort may be divided between the mines. The optimal policy is characterized by first-order conditions on switching functions, the objects of Pontryagin's later maximum principle.

It is also an early continuous-time index policy of the kind later central to bandit theory. Chapter VIII treats two mines, then a third decision that works both mines at once.

Setting

Mine A holds x0≥0x_0 \ge 0x0​≥0 units of gold and mine B holds y0≥0y_0 \ge 0y0​≥0. At time ttt a proportion φ1(t)∈[0,1]\varphi_1(t) \in [0,1]φ1​(t)∈[0,1] of the machine's effort goes to A and φ2(t)=1−φ1(t)\varphi_2(t) = 1 - \varphi_1(t)φ2​(t)=1−φ1​(t) to B (Eq. (7.3)). With x(t),y(t)x(t), y(t)x(t),y(t) the gold remaining, p(t)p(t)p(t) the probability that the machine still works and f(t)f(t)f(t) the expected gold mined, the process is defined by Eq. (7.2):

dxdt=−φ1r1x,dydt=−φ2r2y,dpdt=−p (φ1q1+φ2q2),dfdt=p (φ1r1x+φ2r2y),\frac{dx}{dt} = -\varphi_1 r_1 x,\qquad \frac{dy}{dt} = -\varphi_2 r_2 y,\qquad \frac{dp}{dt} = -p\,(\varphi_1 q_1 + \varphi_2 q_2),\qquad \frac{df}{dt} = p\,(\varphi_1 r_1 x + \varphi_2 r_2 y),dtdx​=−φ1​r1​x,dtdy​=−φ2​r2​y,dtdp​=−p(φ1​q1​+φ2​q2​),dtdf​=p(φ1​r1​x+φ2​r2​y),

with x(0)=x0x(0) = x_0x(0)=x0​, y(0)=y0y(0) = y_0y(0)=y0​, p(0)=1p(0) = 1p(0)=1, f(0)=0f(0) = 0f(0)=0. The mining rates r1,r2r_1, r_2r1​,r2​ and the failure rates q1,q2q_1, q_2q1​,q2​ are positive. The objective is the expected total gold f(∞)=∫0∞f′(t) dtf(\infty) = \int_0^\infty f'(t)\,dtf(∞)=∫0∞​f′(t)dt.

In the three-choice problem (§ 12) a third decision CCC removes gold from A at rate r3r_3r3​ and from B at rate r4r_4r4​, and fails at rate q3q_3q3​. A control is a triple φ1,φ2,φ3≥0\varphi_1, \varphi_2, \varphi_3 \ge 0φ1​,φ2​,φ3​≥0 with φ1+φ2+φ3=1\varphi_1 + \varphi_2 + \varphi_3 = 1φ1​+φ2​+φ3​=1 (Eq. (12.2)). For a horizon TTT, the switching functions K1,K2,K3K_1, K_2, K_3K1​,K2​,K3​ of Eq. (12.5) are computed along a control. For instance,

K1(t)=−q1∫tTf′(s) ds+r1 p(T) x(T)−r1∫tTp′(s) x(s) ds.K_1(t) = -q_1\int_t^T f'(s)\,ds + r_1\,p(T)\,x(T) - r_1\int_t^T p'(s)\,x(s)\,ds.K1​(t)=−q1​∫tT​f′(s)ds+r1​p(T)x(T)−r1​∫tT​p′(s)x(s)ds.

They measure the first-order gain from shifting effort towards each decision at time ttt. The linear forms

C1=q1r2y−q2r1x,C2=q1r4y−(q3r1−q1r3)x,C3=(q3r2−q2r4)y−q2r3xC_1 = q_1 r_2 y - q_2 r_1 x,\qquad C_2 = q_1 r_4 y - (q_3 r_1 - q_1 r_3)x,\qquad C_3 = (q_3 r_2 - q_2 r_4) y - q_2 r_3 xC1​=q1​r2​y−q2​r1​x,C2​=q1​r4​y−(q3​r1​−q1​r3​)x,C3​=(q3​r2​−q2​r4​)y−q2​r3​x

and the quantity D=q1r2r3+q2r1r4−q3r1r2D = q_1 r_2 r_3 + q_2 r_1 r_4 - q_3 r_1 r_2D=q1​r2​r3​+q2​r1​r4​−q3​r1​r2​ (Eqs. (13.2)–(13.3)) organize the analysis.

Formalization targets

Goal: Chapter VIII, Theorem 1

For the two-choice process, the maximum of f(∞)f(\infty)f(∞) is attained by the policy

φ1=1 for q1r2y<q2r1x,φ2=1 for q1r2y>q2r1x,φ1=r2r1+r2, φ2=r1r1+r2 for q1r2y=q2r1x.\varphi_1 = 1 \text{ for } q_1 r_2 y < q_2 r_1 x,\qquad \varphi_2 = 1 \text{ for } q_1 r_2 y > q_2 r_1 x,\qquad \varphi_1 = \tfrac{r_2}{r_1+r_2},\ \varphi_2 = \tfrac{r_1}{r_1+r_2} \text{ for } q_1 r_2 y = q_2 r_1 x.φ1​=1 for q1​r2​y<q2​r1​x,φ2​=1 for q1​r2​y>q2​r1​x,φ1​=r1​+r2​r2​​, φ2​=r1​+r2​r1​​ for q1​r2​y=q2​r1​x.

The formal statement asserts that some admissible control follows this rule along its own trajectory, and that every such control maximizes f(∞)f(\infty)f(∞) over all measurable controls with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Milestones

  1. Eq. (10.1): fA(∞)=r1x0/(q1+r1)f_A(\infty) = r_1 x_0/(q_1 + r_1)fA​(∞)=r1​x0​/(q1​+r1​) and fB(∞)=r2y0/(q2+r2)f_B(\infty) = r_2 y_0/(q_2 + r_2)fB​(∞)=r2​y0​/(q2​+r2​) for the pure policies.
  2. Lemmas 1–3 (§ 13): for a control that maximizes f(T)f(T)f(T), almost everywhere, Ki>KjK_i > K_jKi​>Kj​ forces φi=1\varphi_i = 1φi​=1 or φj=0\varphi_j = 0φj​=0; a strictly largest KiK_iKi​ forces φi=1\varphi_i = 1φi​=1; a strictly beaten KiK_iKi​ forces φi=0\varphi_i = 0φi​=0.
  3. Lemma 4 (§ 14): if C2=0C_2 = 0C2​=0 and C3=0C_3 = 0C3​=0 lie in the positive quadrant and D≠0D \ne 0D=0, no optimal control mixes AAA, BBB and CCC on an interval.
  4. Lemma 5 (§ 14): a mixture of exactly two decisions on an interval keeps the state on C1=0C_1 = 0C1​=0, C2=0C_2 = 0C2​=0 or C3=0C_3 = 0C3​=0 respectively, with the proportions that hold y/xy/xy/x fixed.
  5. § 15, Eq. (1) (corrected): fC(∞)=r3x0/(q3+r3)+r4y0/(q3+r4)f_C(\infty) = r_3 x_0/(q_3 + r_3) + r_4 y_0/(q_3 + r_4)fC​(∞)=r3​x0​/(q3​+r3​)+r4​y0​/(q3​+r4​).
  6. "Theorem 8" (§ 16, the chapter's third theorem): if D<0D < 0D<0 (with r3>r4r_3 > r_4r3​>r4​ and x0,y0>0x_0, y_0 > 0x0​,y0​>0), the three-choice problem is solved by the two-choice rule of Theorem 1, and every optimal control has φ3=0\varphi_3 = 0φ3​=0 almost everywhere.

Significance

Theorem 1 gives a closed-form optimal feedback policy for a continuous-time stochastic scheduling problem. The policy depends only on the slope y/xy/xy/x, and on the line q1r2y=q2r1xq_1 r_2 y = q_2 r_1 xq1​r2​y=q2​r1​x it is a mixed (chattering) policy: the discrete optimum becomes a mixture in the continuous limit. Lemmas 1–5 are a hand-made maximum principle for controls that enter linearly, read almost everywhere. "Theorem 8" says exactly when a composite decision is useless: D<0D < 0D<0 means that CCC removes gold at a higher failure cost than an equivalent mixture of AAA and BBB.

On the formal side, none of these results is formalized anywhere. Mathlib has no theory of controlled differential equations or of necessary conditions for optimal control. The platform's maximum principles (BertsekasDP.pontryagin_minimum_principle, VectorSpaceOpt.pontryagin_minimum_principle) assume smooth dynamics and a finite horizon with differentiable costs. They do not cover this process, with measurable controls and an improper-integral objective. A formal proof of Theorem 1 would be a complete optimality proof for a continuous-time index policy with chattering controls. The book's argument for Theorem 1 is partly informal; a complete proof, by that route or another, is the target.

Difficulty

The optimization is over an infinite-dimensional set of measurable controls on an infinite horizon, and the objective is not concave in the control. The first-order conditions of §§ 8–9 are necessary, not sufficient, so they do not by themselves prove that the rule is optimal. The book's argument combines them with qualitative facts (the rule is used thereafter once used above the line, and BBB is preferred near the yyy-axis). Making this rigorous requires comparing an arbitrary control with the rule, not just perturbing near an optimum. It is also not known in advance that an optimal control exists, so arguments of the form "let φ\varphiφ be optimal" need an existence step or a direct comparison. For the lemmas, the switching functions must be shown absolutely continuous, with the derivative formulas (13.1) holding almost everywhere, before "equal on an interval" can be turned into "Ck=0C_k = 0Ck​=0 on the interval".

Formalization scope

  • Process by closed forms. No differential equations are formalized. With Φi(t)=∫0tφi\Phi_i(t) = \int_0^t \varphi_iΦi​(t)=∫0t​φi​, the definitions are x=x0e−r1Φ1−r3Φ3x = x_0 e^{-r_1\Phi_1 - r_3\Phi_3}x=x0​e−r1​Φ1​−r3​Φ3​, y=y0e−r2Φ2−r4Φ3y = y_0 e^{-r_2\Phi_2 - r_4\Phi_3}y=y0​e−r2​Φ2​−r4​Φ3​, p=e−∑iqiΦip = e^{-\sum_i q_i\Phi_i}p=e−∑i​qi​Φi​, f(T)=∫0Tf′f(T) = \int_0^T f'f(T)=∫0T​f′. These are the unique absolutely continuous solutions of (7.2) and (12.1). The two-choice process is the three-choice one with φ3=0\varphi_3 = 0φ3​=0.
  • Controls are open-loop and measurable, with φi≥0\varphi_i \ge 0φi​≥0 and ∑iφi=1\sum_i \varphi_i = 1∑i​φi​=1. Decisions are indexed 0, 1, 2 for A,B,CA, B, CA,B,C.
  • f(∞)f(\infty)f(∞) is a lower Lebesgue integral with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. It has no junk value, and optimality is compared in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Theorem 1's feedback rule is encoded as a predicate on open-loop controls: the rule holds along the control's own trajectory for almost every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The goal also asserts that such a control exists, which rules out the trivializing reading in which no control satisfies the rule and the optimality claim is vacuous.
  • Horizon of Lemmas 1–5. § 12 considers only T=∞T = \inftyT=∞, but the variation (12.4) and the switching functions (12.5) are written for a general TTT. Each lemma is formalized for both: every finite horizon TTT, with KiK_iKi​ built from that horizon, and T=∞T = \inftyT=∞, with KiK_iKi​ given by (12.5) at T=∞T = \inftyT=∞ (boundary term 000).
  • Implicit ranges. All rates q1,q2,q3,r1,…,r4q_1, q_2, q_3, r_1, \dots, r_4q1​,q2​,q3​,r1​,…,r4​ are taken positive, and x0,y0≥0x_0, y_0 \ge 0x0​,y0​≥0. Lemmas 4–5 and "Theorem 8" take x0,y0>0x_0, y_0 > 0x0​,y0​>0, the open quadrant the book analyses. Lemma 4 carries the book's assumption that C2=0C_2 = 0C2​=0 and C3=0C_3 = 0C3​=0 lie in the positive quadrant (q1r3<q3r1q_1 r_3 < q_3 r_1q1​r3​<q3​r1​, q2r4<q3r2q_2 r_4 < q_3 r_2q2​r4​<q3​r2​). "Theorem 8" carries the standing assumption r3>r4r_3 > r_4r3​>r4​ of § 15.
  • Misprint corrected. The value of the pure CCC-policy in the proof of Lemma 6 (§ 15, Eq. (1), p. 237) is printed r3x0/(q2+r3)+r4y0/(q3+r4)r_3 x_0/(q_2 + r_3) + r_4 y_0/(q_3 + r_4)r3​x0​/(q2​+r3​)+r4​y0​/(q3​+r4​). The first denominator must be q3+r3q_3 + r_3q3​+r3​: for x0=1x_0 = 1x0​=1, y0=0y_0 = 0y0​=0, q2=1q_2 = 1q2​=1, q3=2q_3 = 2q3​=2, r3=1r_3 = 1r3​=1 the process yields 1/31/31/3, not 1/21/21/2. The corrected identity is stated.
  • Numbering. The third theorem of the chapter is printed "Theorem 8" and is cited that way.
  • Left out. Theorem 2 (D>0D > 0D>0) specifies its solution only through Fig. 7 and an unspecified line LLL. Lemmas 6–8, 11 and the two Lemmas 12 describe regions of figures. The finite-horizon analysis of § 11 has no numbered result, and neither does the nonlinear utility of § 18.

Useful infrastructure: the derivative formulas (13.1) for the KiK_iKi​, a first-variation lemma for f(T)f(T)f(T) under bounded perturbations of a measurable control, and a comparison principle for deteriorating projects. The last is reusable for other continuous-time index policies. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Theorem 1, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics edition, 2010. Chapter VIII, pp. 222–244. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • L. S. Pontryagin, V. G. Boltyanskii, R. V. Gamkrelidze, E. F. Mishchenko, The Mathematical Theory of Optimal Processes, Interscience, 1962.
  • J. C. Gittins, Bandit processes and dynamic allocation indices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 41 (1979), 148–177. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1979.tb01068.x
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming V: Optimality of a Constant Stock Level for the Optimal Inventory EquationTextbook

Motivation

The optimal inventory problem asks how much of an item to stock when demand is random, ordering costs money, and running short costs more. Arrow, Harris and Marschak formulated it as a sequential decision problem in 1951 (Optimal inventory policy, Econometrica 19), and Dvoretzky, Kiefer and Wolfowitz studied its structure in 1952–53. Chapter V of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (1957) treats the problem through a single functional equation for the minimal expected discounted cost. It shows that when ordering and shortage costs are proportional to quantity, the optimal policy is described by one number, a constant stock level xˉ\bar xxˉ, computed from the demand distribution alone.

This result is an early form of the base-stock (order-up-to) policy. Base-stock policies are the standard structure in periodic-review inventory theory: Karlin (1958), Scarf's (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) theorem (1960) and Veinott (1965) extend it. Chapter V is also a worked example of a point the book makes throughout: the method of successive approximations determines the shape of an optimal policy, and not only its existence.

Setting

A single item is stocked over an unbounded sequence of periods. At the start of a period the stock is x≥0x \ge 0x≥0. The decision maker orders up to a level y≥xy \ge xy≥x, at cost k(y−x)k(y-x)k(y−x) with k>0k > 0k>0. A demand s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 then arrives, with probability density φ\varphiφ: φ(s)>0\varphi(s) > 0φ(s)>0 for s>0s > 0s>0, ∫0∞φ(s) ds=1\int_0^\infty \varphi(s)\,ds = 1∫0∞​φ(s)ds=1, and ∫0∞s φ(s) ds<∞\int_0^\infty s\,\varphi(s)\,ds < \infty∫0∞​sφ(s)ds<∞. If s≤ys \le ys≤y, the next period starts with stock y−sy - sy−s. If s>ys > ys>y, the excess s−ys - ys−y is bought at the penalty rate p>0p > 0p>0 and the next period starts with stock 000. Costs one period ahead are multiplied by a discount factor 0<a<10 < a < 10<a<1.

Write f(x)f(x)f(x) for the minimal expected discounted cost from stock xxx. Enumerating the cases gives Bellman's equation (5.1):

f(x)=min⁡y≥xT(y,x,f),f(x) = \min_{y \ge x} T(y,x,f),f(x)=y≥xmin​T(y,x,f), T(y,x,f)=k(y−x)+a[∫y∞p(s−y)φ(s) ds+f(0)∫y∞φ(s) ds+∫0yf(y−s)φ(s) ds].T(y,x,f) = k(y-x) + a\Big[\int_y^\infty p(s-y)\varphi(s)\,ds + f(0)\int_y^\infty \varphi(s)\,ds + \int_0^y f(y-s)\varphi(s)\,ds\Big].T(y,x,f)=k(y−x)+a[∫y∞​p(s−y)φ(s)ds+f(0)∫y∞​φ(s)ds+∫0y​f(y−s)φ(s)ds].

A policy assigns an order-up-to level y(x)≥xy(x) \ge xy(x)≥x to each stock xxx. It is optimal when y(x)y(x)y(x) attains the minimum. The mission takes the equation itself as the model; no stochastic process is built.

Formalization targets

Goal: Chapter V, Theorem 1 (with (4b) corrected)

The equation has exactly one solution fff among measurable functions bounded on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). If ap>kap > kap>k, the equation

k=ap∫xˉ∞φ(s) ds+ak∫0xˉφ(s) dsk = ap\int_{\bar x}^\infty \varphi(s)\,ds + ak\int_0^{\bar x}\varphi(s)\,dsk=ap∫xˉ∞​φ(s)ds+ak∫0xˉ​φ(s)ds

has exactly one root xˉ≥0\bar x \ge 0xˉ≥0, and for every x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 the minimum is attained at

y(x)=max⁡(x,xˉ).y(x) = \max(x, \bar x).y(x)=max(x,xˉ).

If ap≤kap \le kap≤k, the minimum is attained at y(x)=xy(x) = xy(x)=x: never order.

Milestones

  1. Chapter IV, Theorem 6 (proportional costs): existence and uniqueness of a solution bounded on every finite interval, its continuity, and convergence of fn+1(x)=min⁡y≥xT(y,x,fn)f_{n+1}(x) = \min_{y\ge x} T(y,x,f_n)fn+1​(x)=miny≥x​T(y,x,fn​) from any non-negative continuous f0f_0f0​.
  2. Eq. (5.8): xˉ\bar xxˉ is the unique root of ∫0yφ(s) ds=(ap−k)/a(p−k)\int_0^{y}\varphi(s)\,ds = (ap-k)/a(p-k)∫0y​φ(s)ds=(ap−k)/a(p−k).
  3. Appendix, Theorem 9: the renewal equation u(x)=f(x)+∫0xu(x−s)φ(s) dsu(x) = f(x) + \int_0^x u(x-s)\varphi(s)\,dsu(x)=f(x)+∫0x​u(x−s)φ(s)ds with ∫0∞∣φ∣<1\int_0^\infty|\varphi| < 1∫0∞​∣φ∣<1 has a unique locally bounded solution. The solution is the limit of successive approximations, satisfies a derivative identity, and is non-negative when f,φ≥0f, \varphi \ge 0f,φ≥0.
  4. Theorem 3: in the undiscounted nnn-stage process with p>kp > kp>k, the optimal policy at each horizon is a constant stock level xˉn\bar x_nxˉn​, and xˉn\bar x_nxˉn​ increases with nnn.
  5. Theorem 4: with a fixed stock-out charge qqq added to the penalty, the constant-stock-level policy is still optimal when the last minimum of
ψ(y)=ky+a[∫y∞[p(s−y)+q]φ(s) ds−k∫0y(y−s)φ(s) ds]\psi(y) = ky + a\Big[\int_y^\infty [p(s-y)+q]\varphi(s)\,ds - k\int_0^y (y-s)\varphi(s)\,ds\Big]ψ(y)=ky+a[∫y∞​[p(s−y)+q]φ(s)ds−k∫0y​(y−s)φ(s)ds]

is its absolute minimum.

Significance

The theorem reduces an infinite-horizon stochastic control problem to a scalar equation. Rewriting it as ∫0xˉφ=(ap−k)/a(p−k)\int_0^{\bar x}\varphi = (ap-k)/a(p-k)∫0xˉ​φ=(ap−k)/a(p−k) gives the critical-fractile form familiar from the newsvendor problem, with the discount factor entering the fractile. The level depends on the demand law only through its distribution function, and the policy does not depend on the current stock except through max⁡(x,xˉ)\max(x,\bar x)max(x,xˉ). This is what makes the policy implementable and its parameters estimable from data, the point Bellman makes in § 1. Theorem 3 shows the same structure over a finite horizon, with levels that rise as more periods remain. Theorem 4 marks where the structure starts to depend on the demand density.

As far as a search of the platform shows (queries recorded in the mission files), none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Base-stock theorems on the platform, Veinott's multi-product theorem and Gallego–Özer's advance-demand model, use discrete periods, different excess-demand conventions and different state spaces. They do not cover a continuous-demand, lost-sales-at-penalty, discounted functional equation. Formalizing Chapter V would produce an explicit solution of a nonlinear integral equation of renewal type, a uniqueness theorem for that equation, and a Lean treatment of the renewal equation that other applied-probability missions can reuse.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, the minimization is over the unbounded set y≥xy \ge xy≥x, and the unknown fff enters through a convolution with φ\varphiφ. The operator f↦min⁡y≥xT(y,x,f)f \mapsto \min_{y\ge x}T(y,x,f)f↦miny≥x​T(y,x,f) is a contraction on bounded functions, which settles uniqueness in the bounded class. Uniqueness among functions bounded only on finite intervals (Chapter IV's class) is not a contraction statement, because the minimization reaches arbitrarily far to the right. Second, optimality of max⁡(x,xˉ)\max(x,\bar x)max(x,xˉ) for x>xˉx > \bar xx>xˉ requires f(y)+kyf(y) + kyf(y)+ky to be nondecreasing on [xˉ,∞)[\bar x,\infty)[xˉ,∞). There fff is defined only implicitly, as the solution of a renewal-type equation, and this monotonicity is a positivity statement about that solution, not a consequence of the first-order condition. Checking that the first-order condition holds at xˉ\bar xxˉ is not enough, and neither is checking that the candidate function satisfies the equation at the single level xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Formalization scope

Functions are ℝ → ℝ; only their values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) enter. Integrals over (y,∞)(y,\infty)(y,∞) are Lebesgue integrals and ∫0y\int_0^y∫0y​ are interval integrals. The equation is stated with an infimum (IsGLB), as Chapter IV writes it, and every policy statement asserts that the minimum is attained (IsLeast) at the stated level. Uniqueness is asserted on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (Set.EqOn … (Set.Ici 0)). Solution classes require measurability. This is the standing convention that makes ∫0yf(y−s)φ(s) ds\int_0^y f(y-s)\varphi(s)\,ds∫0y​f(y−s)φ(s)ds meaningful; without it a non-measurable function would make the integral default to 000. "φ(s)>0\varphi(s) > 0φ(s)>0" is read as positivity on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).

Conventions and corrections, each stated in the items:

  • Theorem 1, (4b) is printed "for x≥xˉx \ge \bar xx≥xˉ, y=xˉy = \bar xy=xˉ". Read literally, a stock x>xˉx > \bar xx>xˉ would be "ordered down" to xˉ<x\bar x < xxˉ<x, which violates y≥xy \ge xy≥x. The proof (p. 163, "the minimum occurs at y=xy = xy=x") and Theorem 4's (7) give y=xy = xy=x, which is what the goal states. The printed text reads: "(4) a. for 0 ≤ x ≤ x̄, y = x̄, b. for x ≥ x̄, y = x̄."
  • The goal's uniqueness class is "uniformly bounded functions over x≥0x \ge 0x≥0" (p. 164). Chapter IV, Theorem 6 is stated in its own larger class.
  • Theorem 4 gives no range for qqq; q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 is assumed. Its phrase "the last minimum of ψ\psiψ is the absolute minimum" is read as: xˉ\bar xxˉ minimizes ψ\psiψ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and ψ\psiψ is nondecreasing on [xˉ,∞)[\bar x,\infty)[xˉ,∞). The bracket of (6), unbalanced in print, is closed at the end.
  • Theorem 3 assumes "p>kp > kp>k"; k>0k > 0k>0 and the density conditions of Theorem 1 are carried over.
  • Theorem 9's derivative clause assumes fff continuously differentiable, where the book says "differentiable". The derivative identity is asserted for x>0x > 0x>0.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The goal does not assume the stated policy is optimal, does not assume fff is given, and does not take xˉ\bar xxˉ as a hypothesis. It asserts the existence of the root, the existence and uniqueness of the solution, and attainment of the minimum at max⁡(x,xˉ)\max(x,\bar x)max(x,xˉ) for every x≥0x \ge 0x≥0.

Theorems 2 (two items, joint density), 5 (one-period delivery lag) and 6 (strictly convex ordering cost) are not part of this mission. Theorem 2 is printed with a sign error in (6) and garbled marginals. Theorem 5 states no hypotheses. Theorem 6's (9b) contradicts itself at x=xˉx = \bar xx=xˉ. Welcome contributions include a Lean library for the renewal equation (existence by successive approximation, positivity, differentiation under the convolution), which Theorem 9 needs and which is independent of inventory theory, and the contraction estimate for min⁡y≥xT(y,x,⋅)\min_{y\ge x}T(y,x,\cdot)miny≥x​T(y,x,⋅) on bounded measurable functions.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics ed., 2010, Chapter V and Chapter IV § 9. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • R. Bellman, I. Glicksberg, O. Gross, On the optimal inventory equation, Management Science 2(1), 1955, 83–104. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2.1.83
  • K. J. Arrow, T. Harris, J. Marschak, Optimal inventory policy, Econometrica 19(3), 1951, 250–272. https://doi.org/10.2307/1906813
  • A. Dvoretzky, J. Kiefer, J. Wolfowitz, The inventory problem: I. Case of known distributions of demand, Econometrica 20(2), 1952, 187–222. https://doi.org/10.2307/1907847
  • A. F. Veinott, Optimal policy for a multi-product, dynamic, nonstationary inventory problem, Management Science 12(3), 1965, 206–222. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.12.3.206
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions VI: Almost-Sure Convergence of the Stochastic Subgradient MethodTextbook

Motivation

Many optimization problems in operations research are posed on an expectation: a two-stage or multistage stochastic program minimizes f(x)=E F(x,ξ)f(x) = E\,F(x,\xi)f(x)=EF(x,ξ), where F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ) is convex but nonsmooth and the expectation cannot be computed exactly. What can be computed is a stochastic subgradient, a random vector whose mean is a subgradient of fff. The stochastic subgradient method replaces the exact subgradient in the classical method by such a random vector. It was introduced by Yu. M. Ermoliev and N. Z. Shor in 1968 and developed by Ermoliev, Nurminski and others into a standard tool of stochastic programming; the same scheme, under the name stochastic (sub)gradient descent, underlies most of large-scale machine learning.

This mission formalizes Section 2.6 of N. Z. Shor, Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions (Springer 1985): the almost-sure convergence theorem for the stochastic subgradient method (Theorem 2.19), together with two deterministic results of the same section on perturbed and restarted variants of the subgradient method (Theorems 2.18 and 2.20).

Timeline, as recorded in the book:

  • 1968, Ermoliev and Shor: the notion of a stochastic subgradient, introduced for a random search method for two-stage stochastic programs; the convergence theorem reproduced as Theorem 2.19.
  • 1972, Bazhenov: convergence of a subgradient method with restarts for almost differentiable (in general nonconvex) functions, Theorem 2.18.
  • 1976, Shepilov: stability of the subgradient method with respect to errors in the point where the subgradient is computed, Theorem 2.20.

Setting

EnE_nEn​ is nnn-dimensional Euclidean space with inner product (x,y)(x,y)(x,y). A vector ggg is a subgradient of f:En→Rf : E_n \to \mathbb{R}f:En​→R at x0x_0x0​ if f(x)−f(x0)≥(g,x−x0)f(x) - f(x_0) \ge (g, x - x_0)f(x)−f(x0​)≥(g,x−x0​) for all xxx; M∗M^*M∗ is the set of minimum points of fff.

Stochastic subgradient method. Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) with a filtration (Fk)k≥0(\mathcal F_k)_{k \ge 0}(Fk​)k≥0​, a deterministic starting point x0x_0x0​, stepsize rules hk:En→Rh_k : E_n \to \mathbb{R}hk​:En​→R and random vectors gk:Ω→Eng_k : \Omega \to E_ngk​:Ω→En​. The iterates are

xk+1=xk−hk(xk) gk,k=0,1,…x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k(x_k)\, g_k, \qquad k = 0,1,\dotsxk+1​=xk​−hk​(xk​)gk​,k=0,1,…

In the book's notation gk=gω(xk)g_k = g_\omega(x_k)gk​=gω​(xk​): a random vector whose expectation, given the state at step kkk, is a subgradient of fff at xkx_kxk​. In the Lean development the iterates are stochIter h G x₀ k ω.

Perturbed subgradient method (Shepilov). Given a subgradient selection gfg_fgf​, points x~k\tilde x_kx~k​ with ∥x~k−xk∥≤δk\|\tilde x_k - x_k\| \le \delta_k∥x~k​−xk​∥≤δk​, and steps hk>0h_k > 0hk​>0: xk+1=xk−hk gf(x~k)/∥gf(x~k)∥x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k\, g_f(\tilde x_k)/\|g_f(\tilde x_k)\|xk+1​=xk​−hk​gf​(x~k​)/∥gf​(x~k​)∥.

Restarted method (Bazhenov). For a function fff that is almost differentiable (Lipschitz on bounded sets, differentiable almost everywhere, with gradient continuous where it exists) and a selection gf(x)g_f(x)gf​(x) of almost-gradients (limit points of gradients at nearby points of differentiability), with Sr={x:∥x−x∗∥≤r}S_r = \{x : \|x - x^*\| \le r\}Sr​={x:∥x−x∗∥≤r}: take the normalized step xˉk+1=xk−hk gf(xk)/∥gf(xk)∥\bar x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k\, g_f(x_k)/\|g_f(x_k)\|xˉk+1​=xk​−hk​gf​(xk​)/∥gf​(xk​)∥ and restart from x0x_0x0​ whenever xˉk+1\bar x_{k+1}xˉk+1​ leaves SrS_rSr​ (resetIter).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.19 (p. 46)

Let fff be convex with a unique minimum point x∗x^*x∗. Suppose E{gk∣Fk}E\{g_k \mid \mathcal F_k\}E{gk​∣Fk​} is a subgradient of fff at xkx_kxk​, E{∥gk∥2∣Fk}≤cE\{\|g_k\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\} \le cE{∥gk​∥2∣Fk​}≤c, and almost surely hk(xk)>0h_k(x_k) > 0hk​(xk​)>0, ∑khk(xk)=+∞\sum_k h_k(x_k) = +\infty∑k​hk​(xk​)=+∞, ∑khk2(xk)<∞\sum_k h_k^2(x_k) < \infty∑k​hk2​(xk​)<∞. Then

P(lim⁡k→∞∥xk−x∗∥=0)=1.P\Big(\lim_{k\to\infty} \|x_k - x^*\| = 0\Big) = 1 .P(k→∞lim​∥xk​−x∗∥=0)=1.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (2.42), the conditional one-step inequality
E{∥xk+1−x∗∥2∣Fk}≤∥xk−x∗∥2+c hk2(xk).E\{\|x_{k+1} - x^*\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\} \le \|x_k - x^*\|^2 + c\,h_k^2(x_k).E{∥xk+1​−x∗∥2∣Fk​}≤∥xk​−x∗∥2+chk2​(xk​).
  1. Proof of Theorem 2.19, pp. 46–47: with probability one ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 converges to a finite limit (no divergence condition on the steps).
  2. Theorem 2.20 (Shepilov): under δk→0\delta_k \to 0δk​→0, ∑hkδk<∞\sum h_k\delta_k < \infty∑hk​δk​<∞, ∑hk2<∞\sum h_k^2 < \infty∑hk2​<∞, ∑hk=∞\sum h_k = \infty∑hk​=∞, the perturbed method converges to a point of M∗M^*M∗.
  3. Theorem 2.18 (Bazhenov): if f(x∗)=min⁡Srff(x^*) = \min_{S_r} ff(x∗)=minSr​​f and inf⁡Sr∖Sε(gf(x),x−x∗)>0\inf_{S_r\setminus S_\varepsilon} (g_f(x), x - x^*) > 0infSr​∖Sε​​(gf​(x),x−x∗)>0 for every 0<ε<r0 < \varepsilon < r0<ε<r, the restarted method with hk→0h_k \to 0hk​→0, ∑hk=∞\sum h_k = \infty∑hk​=∞ converges to x∗x^*x∗ from any x0∈Srx_0 \in S_rx0​∈Sr​.

Significance

Theorem 2.19 is the basic justification of stochastic subgradient methods: without computing fff or any exact subgradient, the method reaches the minimizer with probability one, under stepsize conditions that are met by hk=1/(k+1)h_k = 1/(k+1)hk​=1/(k+1). It is the nonsmooth convex counterpart of the Robbins–Monro theorem and the prototype of the almost-sure convergence results for stochastic quasi-gradient methods used in stochastic programming. Theorem 2.20 shows that the deterministic method tolerates summable errors in the point where the subgradient is evaluated, which is what allows subgradients to be approximated by finite differences (Section 1.3). Theorem 2.18 extends the convergence of the normalized method to local minima of a class of nonconvex functions.

All four results are proved in the literature. To the best of the platform search (September 2026), none is machine-checked: the platform has almost-sure convergence theorems for smooth stochastic approximation under ODE-type hypotheses (Borkar–Meyn) and in-expectation bounds for stochastic gradient descent, neither of which covers this recursion. A formal proof of the goal would give a reusable almost-sure convergence argument for nonsmooth stochastic methods on top of Mathlib's martingale theory.

Difficulty

The deterministic proof of convergence of the subgradient method compares ∥xk+1−x∗∥2\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2∥xk+1​−x∗∥2 with ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 along the whole trajectory. With random directions this comparison holds only in conditional expectation, and the term hk(gk−E{gk∣Fk},xk−x∗)h_k(g_k - E\{g_k\mid\mathcal F_k\}, x_k - x^*)hk​(gk​−E{gk​∣Fk​},xk​−x∗) is not controlled pathwise. Taking expectations of the one-step inequality and summing gives only bounds on E∥xk−x∗∥2E\|x_k - x^*\|^2E∥xk​−x∗∥2, which do not yield almost-sure convergence. Moreover the stepsize hk(xk)h_k(x_k)hk​(xk​) depends on the random iterate, so the conditions ∑hk2(xk)<∞\sum h_k^2(x_k) < \infty∑hk2​(xk​)<∞ and ∑hk(xk)=∞\sum h_k(x_k) = \infty∑hk​(xk​)=∞ hold only almost surely, not uniformly, and the iterates need not be square-integrable. Identifying the almost-sure limit as 000 requires using the uniqueness of the minimizer to bound (E{gk∣Fk},xk−x∗)(E\{g_k\mid\mathcal F_k\}, x_k - x^*)(E{gk​∣Fk​},xk​−x∗) away from zero outside a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗.

In Theorems 2.18 and 2.20 the difficulty is that the distance to x∗x^*x∗ is not monotone: steps taken near the solution, or with a perturbed subgradient, can increase it, and a restart can move the iterate far away.

Formalization scope

  • EnE_nEn​ is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); fff is real-valued (finite everywhere); convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f; uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ is a separate hypothesis.
  • Probabilistic model. The book assumes the distribution of gω(xk)g_\omega(x_k)gω​(xk​) is determined by xkx_kxk​ and independent of the past, and remarks this is inessential. The formalization uses a filtration: gkg_kgk​ is Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, each hkh_khk​ is Borel measurable, x0x_0x0​ is deterministic, and the hypotheses are on conditional expectations given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​. This contains the book's model.
  • Condition (iii) is printed as E∥gω(xk)∥2≤cE\|g_\omega(x_k)\|^2 \le cE∥gω​(xk​)∥2≤c; the proof uses the conditional bound in (2.42), and the formalization assumes the conditional bound E{∥gk∥2∣Fk}≤cE\{\|g_k\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k\} \le cE{∥gk​∥2∣Fk​}≤c almost surely.
  • Every expectation carries an integrability hypothesis (gkg_kgk​ and ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2 integrable), so no conditional expectation defaults to Lean's junk value 000. The one-step milestone assumes ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 integrable and a bounded stepsize rule at that step, and concludes integrability of ∥xk+1−x∗∥2\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2∥xk+1​−x∗∥2.
  • Conditions (i)–(ii) on the random stepsizes are required almost surely. "With probability one lim⁡∥xk−x∗∥=0\lim\|x_k - x^*\| = 0lim∥xk​−x∗∥=0" is ∀ᵐ ω ∂μ, Tendsto (fun k => ‖x k ω - x*‖) atTop (𝓝 0).
  • Division by zero. In Theorems 2.18 and 2.20 the normalized step is undefined when the subgradient vanishes; the formalization skips the step (the iterate is repeated) by an explicit branch, not through Lean's convention x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0. When the subgradient never vanishes the sequences are exactly the book's.
  • The printed display (2.42) has xkx_kxk​ where xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ is meant on its left-hand side; the corrected inequality is stated.
  • A trivializing formalization, for instance dropping the integrability hypotheses so that the conditional expectations vanish, or quantifying the stepsize conditions so that they cannot hold, is excluded by the hypotheses above; the hypotheses are satisfiable (deterministic subgradients of f(x)=∥x∥f(x) = \|x\|f(x)=∥x∥ with hk=1/(k+1)h_k = 1/(k+1)hk​=1/(k+1)).
  • Mathlib supplies conditional expectation (MeasureTheory.condExp), filtrations, and almost-sure convergence of L1L^1L1-bounded (sub/super)martingales; the supermartingale convergence theorem the book cites from Doob is used from Mathlib, not restated. A Robbins–Siegmund-type lemma for nonnegative almost-supermartingales would be the natural reusable contribution. The almost-differentiability and subgradient definitions duplicate drafts of other missions in this series.

Selected references

  • N. Z. Shor, Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 3, Springer, 1985, Section 2.6, pp. 44–47. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-82118-9
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev and N. Z. Shor, A random search method for two-stage problems of stochastic programming and its generalization, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 1, 90–92, 1968.
  • L. G. Bazhenov, On the conditions for convergence of methods for minimizing almost differentiable functions, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 4, 71–72, 1972.
  • M. A. Shepilov, On a method of generalized gradient for finding the absolute minimum of a convex function, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 4, 52–57, 1976.
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev, Methods of Stochastic Programming, Nauka, Moscow, 1976.
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, pp. 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • J. L. Doob, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, New York, 1953 (supermartingale convergence theorem).
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VII: The (BOR) Assumptions and Positive Recurrence of Optimal PoliciesTextbook

Motivation

Queueing control problems (admission control, routing, service rate selection) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains with a countably infinite state space and unbounded costs, for instance a holding cost that grows with the queue length. For such models the long-run average cost criterion is often the relevant one, and the central question is whether an optimal stationary policy exists and can be computed from an average cost optimality equation (ACOE). Chapter 7 of Linn I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037) develops a verifiable set of conditions, the (SEN) assumptions, under which an average cost optimality inequality (ACOI) holds and yields an optimal stationary policy. The inequality may be strict (Example 7.3.1), and an optimal policy may induce a Markov chain without positive recurrent states.

Sections 7.4 and 7.5 answer two practical questions: when is the ACOI in fact an equation, and how can (SEN) be checked in a concrete model? The answer culminates in the (BOR) assumptions, which require only one well-behaved stationary policy and the finiteness of a set of low-cost states.

According to the book's bibliographic notes (p. 163): the (BOR) assumptions modify a line of development due to Borkar (SIAM J. Control Optim. 22, 1984, and 27, 1989; monograph 1991) and are weaker than his original conditions; the proof that (BOR) implies (SEN) is from Cavazos-Cadena and Sennott (Oper. Res. Letters 11, 1992), and the version of (BOR) used here is from Sennott (Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7, 1993). Proposition 7.5.5 and the (CAV*) assumptions go back to Cavazos-Cadena (Kybernetika 25, 1989); Proposition 7.5.3 and Corollary 7.5.4 to Sennott (Oper. Res. 37, 1989).

Setting

A Markov decision chain consists of a countable state space SSS, finite nonempty action sets AiA_iAi​, nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a) and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may use the whole history and randomize. For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) the discount value function is Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i)=\inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i), the infimum of ∑tαtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]\sum_t\alpha^tE_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]∑t​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]; the average cost of θ\thetaθ is Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡n1nEθ[∑t<nC(Xt,At)∣X0=i]J_\theta(i)=\limsup_n\frac1nE_\theta[\sum_{t<n}C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]Jθ​(i)=limsupn​n1​Eθ​[∑t<n​C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i] and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i)=\inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i). All of these lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

For a distinguished state zzz the relative value is hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i)=V_\alpha(i)-V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z). The (SEN) assumptions are: (SEN1) (1−α)Vα(z)(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(z)(1−α)Vα​(z) is bounded on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); (SEN2) hα≤Mh_\alpha\le Mhα​≤M for a finite function M≥0M\ge0M≥0; (SEN3) hα≥−Lh_\alpha\ge-Lhα​≥−L for a finite constant L≥0L\ge0L≥0. Under (SEN), J=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)J=\lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)J=limα→1−​(1−α)Vα​(i) is a finite constant, and a limit function hhh is a pointwise limit of hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ along some βn→1−\beta_n\to1^-βn​→1−. The ACOI and ACOE read

J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i∈S.J+h(i)\ \ge\ (\text{resp. }=)\ \min_{a\in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S.J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i∈S.

For a nonempty set GGG the first passage time is T=min⁡{n≥1:Xn∈G}T=\min\{n\ge1:X_n\in G\}T=min{n≥1:Xn​∈G}. The class ℜ(i,G)\Re(i,G)ℜ(i,G) consists of the policies that, from iii, enter GGG with probability one in finite expected time miG(θ)m_{iG}(\theta)miG​(θ); ℜ∗(i,G)\Re^*(i,G)ℜ∗(i,G) adds a finite expected first passage cost ciG(θ)=Eθ[∑t<TC(Xt,At)]c_{iG}(\theta)=E_\theta[\sum_{t<T}C(X_t,A_t)]ciG​(θ)=Eθ​[∑t<T​C(Xt​,At​)]. A (randomized) stationary policy ddd is zzz standard if the Markov chain it induces has miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii; it then has a single positive recurrent class Rd∋zR_d\ni zRd​∋z and a finite constant average cost JdJ_dJd​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.5.6

Assume (BOR): (BOR1) a zzz standard policy ddd exists; (BOR2) for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the set D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd+ε for some a}D=\{i: C(i,a)\le J_d+\varepsilon\text{ for some }a\}D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd​+ε for some a} is finite; (BOR3) every i∈D−Rdi\in D-R_di∈D−Rd​ can be reached from zzz by some θi∈ℜ∗(z,i)\theta_i\in\Re^*(z,i)θi​∈ℜ∗(z,i). Then (SEN) holds and every limit function satisfies the ACOE; every average cost optimal stationary policy eee has a positive recurrent state in

D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},D(e)=\{i: C(i,e)\le J+\varepsilon\},D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},

at most ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ positive recurrent classes and no null recurrent class; and a policy realizing the minimum in the ACOE satisfies e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e))e\in\Re^*(i,D(e)\cap R(e))e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e)) for every iii.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.4.1: hα(i)≤ciz(θi)h_\alpha(i)\le c_{iz}(\theta_i)hα​(i)≤ciz​(θi​) for θi∈ℜ∗(i,z)\theta_i\in\Re^*(i,z)θi​∈ℜ∗(i,z), hence (SEN2).
  • Lemma 7.4.2: h(i)≤ciG(θ)−JmiG(θ)+Eθ[h(XT)]h(i)\le c_{iG}(\theta)-Jm_{iG}(\theta)+E_\theta[h(X_T)]h(i)≤ciG​(θ)−JmiG​(θ)+Eθ​[h(XT​)] for θ∈ℜ(i,G)\theta\in\Re(i,G)θ∈ℜ(i,G) under an integrability condition.
  • Theorem 7.4.3: four sufficient conditions for equality in the ACOI at a state.
  • Lemma 7.5.2: Jd=(1−α)∑i∈Rπi(d)Vd,α(i)J_d=(1-\alpha)\sum_{i\in R}\pi_i(d)V_{d,\alpha}(i)Jd​=(1−α)∑i∈R​πi​(d)Vd,α​(i) for a zzz standard ddd.
  • Proposition 7.5.3: a zzz standard policy gives (SEN1–2).
  • Corollary 7.5.4: on S={0,1,… }S=\{0,1,\dots\}S={0,1,…}, increasing VαV_\alphaVα​ plus a 000 standard policy gives (SEN), with nonnegative increasing limit functions.
  • Proposition 7.5.5: an optimal stationary policy has a positive recurrent state of cost at most J+εJ+\varepsilonJ+ε, reachable from iii, when (7.33) holds.
  • Corollaries 7.5.9 and 7.5.10: the (CAV) and (CAV*) conditions imply (BOR).

Significance

Theorem 7.5.6 reduces the verification of the ACOE for a queueing model to three checks that do not involve the discount value function: exhibit one stationary policy with finite mean return times and costs to a fixed state (typically a stable "serve at maximal rate" policy), check that low costs occur on a finite set (automatic when the holding cost grows without bound, Corollaries 7.5.9–7.5.10), and check reachability of finitely many states. Its conclusions go beyond existence: optimal stationary policies induce chains with positive recurrent classes located in a known finite set, and ACOE-realizing policies reach them in finite expected time and cost. This is what makes value iteration and approximating-sequence methods in later chapters of the book applicable to these models.

The results are proved in the book. The present mission produces machine-checked statements of the first passage calculus for general (history-dependent, randomized) policies, of (SEN) and limit functions, and of the chain of implications from (CAV*) to the ACOE. No machine-checked version of these statements is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to the ACOE is to pass to the limit α→1−\alpha\to1^-α→1− in the discount optimality equation. Exchanging this limit with ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) requires a dominating function, and (SEN2) only gives a pointwise bound MMM whose expectation may be infinite; Fatou's lemma then yields only the inequality. Obtaining equality requires tracking first passages to sets and showing that the discrepancy Φ\PhiΦ vanishes along them, which in turn needs finiteness of ciGc_{iG}ciG​ that is not assumed but has to be derived. On the recurrence side, the average cost criterion is a limit superior of Cesàro averages over a countable state space, and mass can escape to infinity; the finiteness of the set DDD is what prevents an optimal policy from spending its time in transient or null recurrent states, and turning that into positive recurrence requires the renewal-type identities of Appendix C.

Formalization scope

States form a countable type SSS; action sets are nonempty Finsets; costs are in ℝ≥0; transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued with row sums one on admissible actions. Policies are general: a history is a state sequence and an action sequence, and all probabilities and expectations (hitting probabilities, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, Pθ(XT=j)P_\theta(X_T=j)Pθ​(XT​=j), Qij(n)Q^{(n)}_{ij}Qij(n)​) are computed from the history probabilities of the process. VαV_\alphaVα​, JθJ_\thetaJθ​, miGm_{iG}miG​ and ciGc_{iG}ciG​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; miG=∞m_{iG}=\inftymiG​=∞ when GGG is missed with positive probability; the first passage time satisfies T≥1T\ge1T≥1. hαh_\alphahα​ and ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) are in the extended reals, with the book's convention that a function bounded below has an expectation in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. Limit functions are real valued. Positive recurrence, communicating classes and steady state probabilities πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 are the notions for the chain induced by a (randomized) stationary policy. JdJ_dJd​ is the average cost of ddd from zzz.

A formalization in which the ACOE is asserted for some convenient function instead of every limit function, or in which ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ is a natural-number cardinality that vanishes on infinite sets, would trivialize part of the goal; the statements quantify over all limit functions and use Set.encard.

A complete development needs: history-dependent policies and their path laws on countable spaces; first passage decompositions (strong Markov property at TTT); Abelian limits of ∑tαtP(T=t)\sum_t\alpha^tP(T=t)∑t​αtP(T=t); Fatou and dominated convergence for series; and the renewal reward theorem for positive recurrent classes (Appendix C of the book). The first passage and Markov chain layer is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones, and sharper statements of the Appendix C facts they use, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. doi:10.1002/9780470317037
  • V. S. Borkar, "On minimum cost per unit time control of Markov chains", SIAM J. Control Optim. 22 (1984), 965–978.
  • V. S. Borkar, "Control of Markov chains with long-run average cost criterion: the dynamic programming equations", SIAM J. Control Optim. 27 (1989), 642–657.
  • V. S. Borkar, Topics in Controlled Markov Chains, Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics 240, Longman, 1991.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena, "Weak conditions for the existence of optimal stationary policies in average Markov decision chains with unbounded costs", Kybernetika 25 (1989), 145–156.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena and L. I. Sennott, "Comparing recent assumptions for the existence of average optimal stationary policies", Oper. Res. Letters 11 (1992), 33–37.
  • L. I. Sennott, "The average cost optimality equation and critical number policies", Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7 (1993).
  • L. I. Sennott, "Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs", Operations Research 37 (1989), 626–633. doi:10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, 2nd ed., Springer, 1967.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VI: The (SEN) Assumptions and the Average Cost Optimality InequalityTextbook

Motivation

Queueing control problems (admission control, routing, service-rate selection, flow control) are naturally posed as Markov decision chains with a denumerably infinite state space, such as the number of customers in a buffer, and are usually judged by their long-run average cost per unit time. When the state space is finite, Chapter 6 of Sennott's book shows that an average cost optimal stationary policy always exists. On a countable state space this fails: Section 7.1 of the book gives examples in which no average cost optimal policy exists, and one in which no stationary policy comes within a given distance of the minimum average cost. The question addressed by this mission is under which verifiable conditions on the discounted value functions a countable-state model has a constant minimum average cost and an optimal stationary policy.

Timeline, following the book's bibliographic notes (p. 163). The book names Taylor (1965) and Derman (1966) as earlier pivotal work and Ross (1968), and his 1983 textbook, as the direct predecessor. Sennott (1989, Operations Research 37) weakened Ross's assumptions to cover models with unbounded costs, and proved the main result of Section 7.2; the (SEN) assumptions of Chapter 7 are the cleaner version of Sennott (1993). Cavazos-Cadena (1991) gave the example, adapted as Example 7.3.1 of the book, showing that under these assumptions the optimality inequality can be strict. The weaker (H*) assumptions of Section 7.7 appear, in a slightly different form, in Sennott (1995). Part (iv) of Theorem 7.2.3 is new in the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, for each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​, a nonnegative finite cost C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a), and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) with ∑jPij(a)=1\sum_j P_{ij}(a) = 1∑j​Pij​(a)=1. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time nnn at random according to a distribution that may depend on the whole history (X0,A0,…,Xn)(X_0, A_0, \dots, X_n)(X0​,A0​,…,Xn​); a stationary policy fff always chooses f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii.

For an initial state iii, the nnn-horizon cost is vθ,n(i)=∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]v_{\theta,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i]vθ,n​(i)=∑t=0n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i], the average cost is Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_{n} v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n, and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i) = \inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i) over all policies. A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta \equiv JJθ​≡J. For α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) the discounted value function is Vα(i)=inf⁡θ∑t≥0αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]V_\alpha(i) = \inf_\theta \sum_{t \ge 0} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i]Vα​(i)=infθ​∑t≥0​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]. All these quantities lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Fix a distinguished state zzz and put hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z). The (SEN) assumptions are:

  • (SEN1) (1−α)Vα(z)(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(z)(1−α)Vα​(z) is bounded for α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1);
  • (SEN2) there is a nonnegative finite function MMM with hα(i)≤M(i)h_\alpha(i) \le M(i)hα​(i)≤M(i) for all iii and α\alphaα;
  • (SEN3) there is a nonnegative finite constant LLL with −L≤hα(i)-L \le h_\alpha(i)−L≤hα​(i) for all iii and α\alphaα.

A limit function hhh is a pointwise limit of hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ along some sequence βn→1−\beta_n \to 1^-βn​→1−. If fαf_\alphafα​ is a stationary policy realizing the discount optimality equation Vα(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+α∑jPij(a)Vα(j)}V_\alpha(i) = \min_a \{C(i,a) + \alpha\sum_j P_{ij}(a)V_\alpha(j)\}Vα​(i)=mina​{C(i,a)+α∑j​Pij​(a)Vα​(j)}, a limit point fff is a stationary policy with fβn(i)=f(i)f_{\beta_n}(i) = f(i)fβn​​(i)=f(i) for large nnn, for each iii, along some βn→1−\beta_n \to 1^-βn​→1−.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2.3

Under (SEN), there is a finite constant J=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)J = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)J=limα→1−​(1−α)Vα​(i) independent of iii; limit functions exist, satisfy −L≤h≤M-L \le h \le M−L≤h≤M and the average cost optimality inequality (ACOI)

J+h(i)≥min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i∈S;J + h(i) \ge \min_{a \in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\}, \qquad i \in S;J+h(i)≥a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i∈S;

every stationary policy realizing the minimum is average cost optimal with Je≡JJ_e \equiv JJe​≡J and Ee[h(Xn)]/n→0E_e[h(X_n)]/n \to 0Ee​[h(Xn​)]/n→0; every limit point of discount optimal stationary policies is average cost optimal and satisfies the corresponding inequality for an associated limit function; and the average cost of any optimal policy is a limit, not only a limit supremum.

Milestones

  • Proposition 7.1.1: finitely many initial transitions with finite cost do not change JθJ_\thetaJθ​.
  • Lemma 7.2.1: a bounded-below solution (J,h)(J,h)(J,h) of the ACOI inequality for a stationary eee gives Je≤JJ_e \le JJe​≤J.
  • Proposition B.6: a sequence of functions squeezed between −L-L−L and MMM on a countable set has a pointwise convergent subsequence.
  • Proposition 7.2.4: (SEN) does not depend on the choice of zzz.
  • Proposition 7.7.1: (SEN) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (H*) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (H).
  • Proposition 7.7.2: the conclusions of Theorem 7.2.3 hold under (H), with a state-dependent lower bound L(i)L(i)L(i).

Significance

Theorem 7.2.3 is the existence theorem the rest of Chapter 7 builds on (p. 128): the ACOE results of Section 7.4, the (BOR) and (CAV) sufficient conditions of Section 7.5, and the worked queueing models of Section 7.6 all work under (SEN) and invoke it. It justifies computing an average cost optimal policy for a queueing model as a limit of discount optimal policies, and it shows that the minimum average cost is the Abelian limit of the normalized discounted value.

The results are proved in the book and in Sennott (1989, 1993, 1995), but none of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has no Markov decision processes, and the platform's average cost results concern finite state spaces or Borel models with different assumptions. The formalization produces a general-policy, countable-state MDC development with extended-real values, reusable by the later missions of this series.

Difficulty

On a finite state space the relative value functions are bounded and the Abelian limit (1−α)Vα(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(1−α)Vα​ can be controlled directly. Here hαh_\alphahα​ is bounded above only by a function MMM that may be unbounded, so passing to the limit in the discounted optimality equation ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_j P_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) cannot use dominated convergence, and in general only an inequality survives in the limit; Example 7.3.1 shows that the inequality in the ACOI can be strict. Showing that a policy realizing the ACOI is optimal requires control of Ee[h(Xn)]/nE_e[h(X_n)]/nEe​[h(Xn​)]/n for a function hhh that is unbounded above, and part (iv) requires comparing the limit inferior and limit superior of Cesàro averages for an arbitrary, possibly history-dependent optimal policy.

Formalization scope

The state space is any countable type ([Countable S]); actions form a type with finite nonempty Finset action sets; costs are ℝ≥0; transition probabilities, costs over time and value functions are ℝ≥0∞. Policies are general: randomized and history dependent, with histories encoded as finite state and action sequences and the process law built by an explicit recursive product. Finite horizon costs have terminal cost 000, as the chapter prescribes.

The relative value hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z) is computed in EReal, never through a truncated real subtraction: a state with Vα(i)=∞V_\alpha(i) = \inftyVα​(i)=∞ gives hα(i)=+∞h_\alpha(i) = +\inftyhα​(i)=+∞, so (SEN2) cannot hold through a junk value, and (SEN1) is a bound by a finite constant that itself forces Vα(z)<∞V_\alpha(z) < \inftyVα​(z)<∞. Sums ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_j P_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) and expectations E[h(Xn)]E[h(X_n)]E[h(Xn​)] of real functions are extended reals, computed as positive part minus negative part; they are never Bochner integrals and never default to 000 when not summable. The limit α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− is the filter 𝓝[<] 1. Limit functions and limit points follow Definition 7.2.2 literally, over arbitrary sequences αn→1−\alpha_n \to 1^-αn​→1− in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and the (SEN), (H), (H*) sets are predicates carrying their witnesses MMM and LLL.

A development that bounds only hαh_\alphahα​ as a free function, rather than the one built from the infimum over all policies, or that quantifies only over stationary policies in J(i)J(i)J(i), proves a different and weaker theorem and does not count.

Needed infrastructure: the law of the controlled process under a general policy, monotone and Fatou-type limit interchanges for countable sums, the Abelian inequality lim sup⁡(1−α)∑αtct≤lim sup⁡1n∑t<nct\limsup(1-\alpha)\sum\alpha^t c_t \le \limsup \frac1n\sum_{t<n}c_tlimsup(1−α)∑αtct​≤limsupn1​∑t<n​ct​ (Proposition 6.1.1 of the book), and the existence and optimality of discount optimal stationary policies (Theorem 4.1.4). The MDC layer and these two results are shared with other missions of the series; contributions to them are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Chapter 7 (pp. 127–166) and Appendix B. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, Operations Research 37 (1989) 626–633. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • L. I. Sennott, The average cost optimality equation and critical number policies, Probability in the Engineering and Informational Sciences 7 (1993). (Cited in the book's bibliography, p. 321.)
  • L. I. Sennott, Another set of conditions for average optimality in Markov control processes, Systems & Control Letters 24 (1995) 147–151. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena, A counterexample on the optimality equation in Markov decision chains with the average cost criterion, Systems & Control Letters 16 (1991) 387–392. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • S. M. Ross, Non-discounted denumerable Markovian decision models, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 39 (1968) 412–423. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • H. M. Taylor, Markovian sequential replacement processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36 (1965) 1677–1694. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • E. A. Feinberg and Y. Liang, On the optimality equation for average cost Markov decision processes and its validity for inventory control; formalized on Prove2Me in the mission of the same name (Borel state spaces, a different model).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems V: The Average Cost Optimality Equation and Value Iteration for Finite State SpacesTextbook

Motivation

Average cost Markov decision chains model systems that run indefinitely and are judged by their long-run cost per step: admission and routing control in queues, inventory replenishment, machine maintenance. For a finite state space the classical tool is the average cost optimality equation (ACOE)

J+h(i)=min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a) h(j)},J + h(i) = \min_{a \in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a)\,h(j)\Big\},J+h(i)=a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},

whose solution gives both the minimum average cost JJJ and an optimal stationary policy. To be useful the equation has to be solved numerically, and the method used in practice is value iteration: compute the minimum nnn-horizon costs vnv_nvn​ and extract JJJ and hhh from their growth. This mission formalizes Sections 6.4–6.6 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037): when the minimum average cost is constant, the ACOE holds, any solution of it is optimal, and value iteration converges, provided the optimal policies are aperiodic. When they are not, a transformation of the model makes them so.

Related classical work includes Blackwell's discrete dynamic programming (1962) and Schweitzer–Federgruen's analysis of undiscounted value iteration (1977); Sennott's treatment derives the ACOE from the discounted value function VαV_\alphaVα​ as α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1−, which is the route that extends to countable state spaces in later chapters of the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a finite state space SSS; in each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​; nonnegative costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a); and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may use the whole history and randomize; a stationary policy eee always chooses e(i)∈Aie(i) \in A_ie(i)∈Ai​ in state iii and induces a Markov chain with transitions Pij(e)=Pij(e(i))P_{ij}(e) = P_{ij}(e(i))Pij​(e)=Pij​(e(i)).

For a policy θ\thetaθ and initial state iii: vθ,n(i)v_{\theta,n}(i)vθ,n​(i) is the expected cost of the first nnn steps, Vθ,α(i)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vθ,α​(i) the expected α\alphaα-discounted cost, and Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_n v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n the average cost. The value functions are the infima over all policies: vnv_nvn​, VαV_\alphaVα​ and the minimum average cost J(i)J(i)J(i). A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta \equiv JJθ​≡J.

Section 6.2 of the book provides a stationary policy fff that is α\alphaα discount optimal for all α\alphaα close to 111 (a Blackwell optimal policy), and Section 6.3 builds from it a relative value function w∗w^*w∗. For a distinguished state zzz put

hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z),h(i)=lim⁡α→1−hα(i),dn(i)=h(i)+nJ−vn(i).h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z), \qquad h(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-} h_\alpha(i), \qquad d_n(i) = h(i) + nJ - v_n(i).hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z),h(i)=α→1−lim​hα​(i),dn​(i)=h(i)+nJ−vn​(i).

For a distinguished state xxx the finite horizon relative value function is rn(i)=vn(i)−vn(x)r_n(i) = v_n(i) - v_n(x)rn​(i)=vn​(i)−vn​(x).

A positive recurrent class RRR of a Markov chain is aperiodic if Pij(n)→πjP^{(n)}_{ij} \to \pi_jPij(n)​→πj​ for i,j∈Ri, j \in Ri,j∈R, where π\piπ is the steady state distribution. Assumption OPA ("optimal policies are aperiodic") requires every positive recurrent class of every average cost optimal stationary policy to be aperiodic. The aperiodicity transformation Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ with 0<τ<10<\tau<10<τ<1 keeps states and actions, scales costs by τ\tauτ, and sets Pij∗(a)=τPij(a)P^*_{ij}(a) = \tau P_{ij}(a)Pij∗​(a)=τPij​(a) for j≠ij \ne ij=i, Pii∗(a)=τPii(a)+(1−τ)P^*_{ii}(a) = \tau P_{ii}(a) + (1-\tau)Pii∗​(a)=τPii​(a)+(1−τ).

Formalization targets

Goal: convergence of value iteration (Proposition 6.6.3)

If J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J and Assumption OPA holds, then for any distinguished state xxx

lim⁡n→∞[vn(x)−vn−1(x)]=J,lim⁡n→∞rn(i)=:r(i) exists,\lim_{n\to\infty}[v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)] = J, \qquad \lim_{n\to\infty} r_n(i) =: r(i) \text{ exists},n→∞lim​[vn​(x)−vn−1​(x)]=J,n→∞lim​rn​(i)=:r(i) exists,

(J,r)(J, r)(J,r) solves the ACOE, and every limit point of the finite horizon optimal stationary policies is average cost optimal.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.4.1: unichain structure, bounded ∣Vα(i)−Vα(z)∣|V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)|∣Vα​(i)−Vα​(z)∣, or pairwise reachability imply J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J, with the implication diagram (6.26).
  2. Theorem 6.4.2: under J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J, hhh exists, solves the ACOE (6.31), yields optimal policies, ∣dn∣≤L|d_n| \le L∣dn​∣≤L and vn/n→Jv_n/n \to Jvn​/n→J.
  3. Proposition 6.5.1: any finite solution (F,r)(F, r)(F,r) of the ACOE (or of the inequality (6.36)) gives J≡FJ \equiv FJ≡F and optimal policies, and differs from hhh by constants on recurrent classes.
  4. Lemma 6.6.2: on an aperiodic positive recurrent class of an optimal policy, dnd_ndn​ converges to a constant.
  5. Lemma 6.6.5 and Proposition 6.6.6: Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ has the same recurrent classes and steady states, all of them aperiodic, costs scaled by τ\tauτ; value iteration on Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ produces a solution (J∗/τ,r∗)(J^*/\tau, r^*)(J∗/τ,r∗) of the ACOE of Δ\DeltaΔ.

Significance

The ACOE with constant JJJ is the standard certificate of optimality for finite average cost models, and Proposition 6.5.1 is what allows any numerical solution of it to be trusted. Proposition 6.6.3 is the correctness theorem of the value iteration algorithm (VIA 6.6.4 of the book), and Proposition 6.6.6 removes its one extra hypothesis at the price of a model transformation. Chapter 8 of the book runs this algorithm on a sequence of finite truncations to compute optimal policies for countable-state queueing models, so these results are the base of the book's computational method.

All results in this mission are proved in the book; none has a machine-checked proof. Existing formalizations on the platform treat average reward models under a unichain hypothesis with a single action set type; this mission assumes only a constant minimum average cost (multichain models allowed) and uses the general policy class throughout.

Difficulty

The ACOE itself is not the obstacle; convergence of vn(x)−vn−1(x)v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)vn​(x)−vn−1​(x) is. Theorem 6.4.2 bounds dnd_ndn​ but does not make it converge, and Example 6.6.1 of the book (a two-state periodic chain) shows that without aperiodicity vn(x)−vn−1(x)v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)vn​(x)−vn−1​(x) oscillates. The naive argument, passing to the limit in the finite horizon optimality equation, assumes the limits exist, which is exactly what is in question. Chain structure is the obstruction: a multichain optimal policy has several recurrent classes, and the Cesàro-type convergence that suffices for the ACOE itself is weaker than the pointwise convergence value iteration needs. The policy statement is also delicate, since the finite horizon minimizers fnf_nfn​ need not converge.

Formalization scope

  • The state type S is finite ([Fintype S]); actions are a type Act with per-state nonempty Finset action sets. Costs are in ℝ≥0, transition probabilities in ℝ≥0∞, and all value functions are defined in [0,∞] as infima over all history-dependent randomized policies, then converted to ℝ (they are finite for finite SSS).
  • JJJ constant is stated as J(i)=JJ(i) = JJ(i)=J for all iii, with J∈R≥0J \in \mathbb R_{\ge 0}J∈R≥0​. The relative value hhh is defined as the limit α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− of hαh_\alphahα​, not taken as an arbitrary solution of the ACOE; Theorem 6.4.2(i) asserts the limit exists. The Blackwell optimal policy fff enters as a hypothesis: any stationary policy discount optimal on an interval (α0,1)(\alpha_0,1)(α0​,1).
  • min_a is Finset.inf' over AiA_iAi​. Limit points of policy sequences follow Definition B.1 (a subsequence agreeing eventually in every state). Finite horizon optimal policies fnf_nfn​ are any minimizers of vn(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)vn−1(j)}v_n(i) = \min_a\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a) v_{n-1}(j)\}vn​(i)=mina​{C(i,a)+∑j​Pij​(a)vn−1​(j)}.
  • Aperiodicity of a class is the book's definition (Pij(n)→πjP^{(n)}_{ij} \to \pi_jPij(n)​→πj​ on the class), with πj=1/mjj\pi_j = 1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​. Assumption OPA quantifies over average cost optimal stationary policies only, not over all stationary policies.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: hhh, rnr_nrn​, dnd_ndn​ and vnv_nvn​ are computed from the model, not free functions constrained by the ACOE, and the ACOE conclusions are equalities of real numbers with the minimum over the actual action sets.
  • The model, criteria and Markov chain definitions restate those of mission IV of this series in their own namespace; they are reusable for any finite average cost result. Contributions of general Markov chain facts (convergence of P(n)P^{(n)}P(n) on aperiodic classes, Cesàro limits 1n∑tP(t)\frac1n\sum_t P^{(t)}n1​∑t​P(t)) are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33 (1962), 719–726. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • P. J. Schweitzer and A. Federgruen, The asymptotic behavior of undiscounted value iteration in Markov decision problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 2 (1977), 360–381. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2.4.360
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains VII: Palm's Theorem for Nonstationary DemandTextbook

Motivation

Spare-parts inventory models for repairable items rest on Palm's theorem: if demands arrive as a Poisson process with constant rate λ\lambdaλ and each demanded unit spends an independent, identically distributed resupply time with mean τˉ\bar\tauτˉ in the pipeline, the number of units in resupply is Poisson with mean λτˉ\lambda\bar\tauλτˉ in steady state. Stock levels, backorders and fill rates are all computed from that distribution.

Both assumptions fail in practice. Military flying programmes ramp up and down within weeks, repair shops close for periods, and commercial parts distribution centres see demand that varies by day of the week. Chapter 9 of Muckstadt's Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains (Springer 2005, DOI 10.1007/b138879) extends Palm's theorem to a nonstationary Poisson demand process with time-dependent resupply-time distributions, gives the compound (multi-unit order) version, and uses the result to compute, at any time ttt, the distribution of units in repair at the depot of a two-echelon system.

Timeline: Palm (1938) proved the stationary result for telephone traffic; Feeney and Sherbrooke (1966) extended it to compound Poisson demand; Hillestad and Carrillo (RAND, 1980) and Crawford (RAND, 1981) developed the time-dependent extensions, summarized by Carrillo (RAND, 1989). The chapter presents these results.

Setting

A single item is stocked at one location, and every demand is for one unit.

  • Demand rate λ(s)≥0\lambda(s) \ge 0λ(s)≥0, integrable on bounded intervals, with mean function m(t)=∫0tλ(s) dsm(t) = \int_0^t \lambda(s)\,dsm(t)=∫0t​λ(s)ds.
  • Demand process: a nonstationary Poisson process with mean function mmm, with N(0)=0N(0) = 0N(0)=0. N(t)N(t)N(t) counts demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t] and T0<T1<⋯T_0 < T_1 < \cdotsT0​<T1​<⋯ are the demand epochs.
  • Resupply times: a unit demanded at time sss is resupplied within www time units with probability Gs(w)G_s(w)Gs​(w). Resupply times are nonnegative, have finite expectations, are independent from unit to unit, and are independent of the demand process.
  • X(t)X(t)X(t) is the number of units in resupply at time ttt: demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t] whose resupply is not complete at ttt.

The mean of X(t)X(t)X(t) is

α(t)=∫0t(1−Gs(t−s))λ(s) ds.\alpha(t) = \int_0^t \bigl(1 - G_s(t-s)\bigr)\lambda(s)\,ds.α(t)=∫0t​(1−Gs​(t−s))λ(s)ds.

In the compound version (Section 9.2), orders arrive as above and each order is for Q≥1Q \ge 1Q≥1 units, with a time-stationary law uj=P(Q=j)u_j = P(Q = j)uj​=P(Q=j). All units of an order share its resupply time, Y(t)Y(t)Y(t) counts units demanded in [0,t][0,t][0,t], and uk(n)u^{(n)}_kuk(n)​ is the nnn-fold convolution of (uj)(u_j)(uj​).

In the two-echelon version (Section 9.3), base iii has failure rate λi\lambda_iλi​. A failure is repaired at the base with probability rir_iri​ and at the depot otherwise. Depot repair of a failure occurring at time uuu takes a deterministic time D(u)D(u)D(u) with D(t)+t≥D(s)+sD(t) + t \ge D(s) + sD(t)+t≥D(s)+s for s<ts < ts<t (no crossing). Write t~=inf⁡{u≥0:D(u)+u>t}\tilde t = \inf\{u \ge 0 : D(u) + u > t\}t~=inf{u≥0:D(u)+u>t}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 13 (p. 216)

For every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0,

P{X(t)=k}=e−α(t)α(t)kk!,k=0,1,2,…P\{X(t) = k\} = e^{-\alpha(t)}\frac{\alpha(t)^k}{k!}, \qquad k = 0,1,2,\dotsP{X(t)=k}=e−α(t)k!α(t)k​,k=0,1,2,…

This is an exact statement at each finite time, not a limit. With constant λ\lambdaλ and Gs=GG_s = GGs​=G it reduces to the finite-time step of Palm's theorem.

Milestones

  1. E[N(t)]=m(t)E[N(t)] = m(t)E[N(t)]=m(t) (Section 9.1, p. 216).
  2. Theorem 12 (p. 216): given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n, the epochs T0,…,Tn−1T_0, \dots, T_{n-1}T0​,…,Tn−1​ are distributed as the order statistics of nnn i.i.d. variables with distribution function F(x)=m(x)/m(t)F(x) = m(x)/m(t)F(x)=m(x)/m(t) on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t).
  3. The binomial step of the proof of Theorem 13 (pp. 216–217): P{X(t)=k∣N(t)=n}=(nk)pk(1−p)n−kP\{X(t) = k \mid N(t) = n\} = \binom nk p^k(1-p)^{n-k}P{X(t)=k∣N(t)=n}=(kn​)pk(1−p)n−k, with p=∫0t(1−Gs(t−s))λ(s)/m(t) dsp = \int_0^t (1 - G_s(t-s))\lambda(s)/m(t)\,dsp=∫0t​(1−Gs​(t−s))λ(s)/m(t)ds.
  4. Section 9.2 (p. 218): E[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q]E[Y(t)] = m(t)E[Q]E[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q] and Var⁡[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q2]\operatorname{Var}[Y(t)] = m(t)E[Q^2]Var[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q2].
  5. Theorem 14 (p. 218): P[X(t)=k]=∑n≥1uk(n)e−α(t)α(t)n/n!P[X(t) = k] = \sum_{n\ge1} u^{(n)}_k e^{-\alpha(t)}\alpha(t)^n/n!P[X(t)=k]=∑n≥1​uk(n)​e−α(t)α(t)n/n! for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, and e−α(t)e^{-\alpha(t)}e−α(t) at k=0k = 0k=0.
  6. Section 9.3.2 (p. 221): P{X0(t)=k}=e−m0(t~,t)m0(t~,t)k/k!P\{X_0(t) = k\} = e^{-m_0(\tilde t,t)} m_0(\tilde t,t)^k/k!P{X0​(t)=k}=e−m0​(t~,t)m0​(t~,t)k/k! with m0(t~,t)=∫t~t∑iλi(u)(1−ri) dum_0(\tilde t,t) = \int_{\tilde t}^t \sum_i \lambda_i(u)(1-r_i)\,dum0​(t~,t)=∫t~t​∑i​λi​(u)(1−ri​)du.

A plain supporting item states that N(t)N(t)N(t) is Poisson with mean m(t)m(t)m(t), the factor the proof of Theorem 13 uses.

Significance

Theorem 13 gives the full distribution of the pipeline at every instant. Time-dependent expected backorders, ∑x>s(t)(x−s(t))P{X(t)=x}\sum_{x > s(t)} (x - s(t)) P\{X(t) = x\}∑x>s(t)​(x−s(t))P{X(t)=x}, and fill rates P{X(t)<s(t)}P\{X(t) < s(t)\}P{X(t)<s(t)} follow from it, so stock levels can be planned against a surge or a repair outage without a steady-state approximation. Theorem 14 does the same for multi-unit orders. The depot result feeds the base-level convolution of Section 9.3.3, which in turn gives time-dependent performance measures for a two-echelon system.

These results are proved in the literature, and the chapter reproduces the proofs of Theorems 13 and 14. It cites Theorem 12 without proof ("similar to the one given in Chapter 3"). No machine-checked version of any of them is known, and neither Mathlib nor this platform has a Poisson process, stationary or not, a thinning theorem, or an order-statistics theorem. The formal content of this mission therefore includes the construction and the first distributional facts of the nonstationary Poisson process.

Difficulty

The algebra of the proof is a Poisson mixture of binomials and is short. The difficulty is Theorem 12 and its use. The obvious argument treats "the nnn demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t]" as nnn independent draws from FFF and assigns each an independent resupply time with law GdrawG_{\text{draw}}Gdraw​. Making this rigorous requires identifying the conditional joint law of the epochs given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n. The resupply time of the jjj-th demand is not independent of its epoch: its law depends on the epoch. So it must be shown that, after conditioning, the marks attached to sorted epochs behave like marks attached to unsorted i.i.d. draws. The book's constant-rate argument (Chapter 3) uses the uniform density n!/tnn!/t^nn!/tn on the simplex. Here the density involves λ\lambdaλ, which may vanish on intervals, and mmm need not be invertible.

Formalization scope

  • Demand process. The nonstationary Poisson process is constructed, not postulated. With i.i.d. exponential(1) gaps and unit-rate points Γk=A0+⋯+Ak\Gamma_k = A_0 + \cdots + A_kΓk​=A0​+⋯+Ak​, the kkk-th demand occurs at Tk=inf⁡{s≥0:m(s)≥Γk}T_k = \inf\{s \ge 0 : m(s) \ge \Gamma_k\}Tk​=inf{s≥0:m(s)≥Γk​}, and N(t)=#{k:Γk≤m(t)}N(t) = \#\{k : \Gamma_k \le m(t)\}N(t)=#{k:Γk​≤m(t)}.
  • Resupply times. Resupply times are ρ(Tk,Uk)\rho(T_k, U_k)ρ(Tk​,Uk​) for a jointly measurable ρ≥0\rho \ge 0ρ≥0 and i.i.d. marks UkU_kUk​ independent of the gaps, with Gs(w)=ν{ρ(s,⋅)≤w}G_s(w) = \nu\{\rho(s,\cdot) \le w\}Gs​(w)=ν{ρ(s,⋅)≤w}. Every measurable family GsG_sGs​ arises this way, and joint measurability makes α(t)\alpha(t)α(t) a genuine integral. Independence of resupply times from the demand process is not written in Theorem 12 or 13 but is used in the proof; it is part of the model.
  • Pinnings and conventions.
    • "λ\lambdaλ integrable" is read as integrable on bounded intervals.
    • Time is t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
    • Theorem 12 assumes m(t)>0m(t) > 0m(t)>0, since FFF is 0/00/00/0 otherwise, and sets F=0F = 0F=0 on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0).
    • Conditional probabilities are written as joint probabilities.
    • E[Y(t)]E[Y(t)]E[Y(t)] is stated in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the variance identity assumes E[Q2]<∞E[Q^2] < \inftyE[Q2]<∞.
    • t~\tilde tt~ is an infimum over u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, and D≥0D \ge 0D≥0.
    • Counts are cardinalities, and are 000 on the null event where they would be infinite.
  • Corrections. Theorem 14's printed sum starts at n=1n = 1n=1, which gives P[X(t)=0]=0P[X(t) = 0] = 0P[X(t)=0]=0. The statement keeps the book's formula for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and adds P[X(t)=0]=e−α(t)P[X(t) = 0] = e^{-\alpha(t)}P[X(t)=0]=e−α(t). The depot's Poisson demand stream with rate ∑iλi(1−ri)\sum_i \lambda_i(1-r_i)∑i​λi​(1−ri​) is generated from the bases' processes and independent repair-location choices, not assumed.
  • Not stated.
    • Eqs. (9.1)–(9.2), the FCFS depot backorders owed to base iii: the derivation on p. 221 is informal, and (9.1) prints the exponent s0(t−1)s_0(t-1)s0​(t−1) for s0(t)−1s_0(t)-1s0​(t)−1.
    • The base analysis of Section 9.3.3.
    • The compound law of Y(t)Y(t)Y(t) on p. 217, which has the same n=0n = 0n=0 omission.
  • Trivialization ruled out. X(t)X(t)X(t) is computed from the demand epochs and resupply times, not defined by its law, and resupply times cannot depend on the demand epochs except through the prescribed GsG_sGs​. Either shortcut would make the goal empty or false.
  • Infrastructure. The time-changed Poisson construction, its count law, the order-statistics property and marked thinning are reusable well beyond this chapter: in queueing (Mt/Gt/∞M_t/G_t/\inftyMt​/Gt​/∞), in reliability, and in the stationary Palm mission of this series. Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer, 2005, Chapter 9, pp. 215–222. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • C. Palm, "Analysis of the Erlang traffic formulae for busy-signal arrangements", Ericsson Technics 5, 1938, 39–58.
  • G. J. Feeney and C. C. Sherbrooke, "The (s−1, s) inventory policy under compound Poisson demand", Management Science 12(5), 1966, 391–411. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.12.5.391
  • R. J. Hillestad and M. J. Carrillo, Models and techniques for recoverable item stockage when demand and the repair processes are nonstationary — Part I: Performance measurement, Report N-1482-AF, RAND Corporation, 1980.
  • G. B. Crawford, Palm's theorem for nonstationary processes, Report R-2750-RC, RAND Corporation, 1981.
  • M. J. Carrillo, Generalizations of Palm's theorem and Dyna-METRIC's demand and pipeline variability, Report R-3698-AF, RAND Corporation, 1989.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains IV: Backorder Convexity and Everett's TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Service parts (spares for aircraft, machines, and networks) are typically managed item by item with a one-for-one replenishment policy, the (s−1,s)(s-1, s)(s−1,s) policy: every unit withdrawn to meet a demand triggers an order for one replacement, so the inventory position stays at the stock level sss. A firm stocking thousands of such items at one location has to choose all the stock levels together, trading a budget on inventory investment against a service measure. Chapter 3 of Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains (Springer 2005, DOI 10.1007/b138879) sets up the three standard service measures (fill rate, ready rate, expected backorders), shows which of them have the convexity that optimization needs, and solves two multi-item stocking problems: minimum expected backorders under an investment budget, by Lagrangian relaxation justified by Everett's theorem, and maximum average fill rate, by a greedy marginal-analysis rule.

The Lagrangian method goes back to Everett (Operations Research 1963); the search for the multiplier in one-constraint problems of this kind is Fox and Landi (Operations Research 1970); the compound Poisson (s−1,s)(s-1,s)(s−1,s) model is Feeney and Sherbrooke (Management Science 1966). The same separable Lagrangian structure underlies the multi-echelon METRIC-type models later in the book.

Setting

A single item is stocked at one location, demand not met from stock is backordered, and customer orders arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. An order is for jjj units with probability uju_juj​, where u0=0u_0 = 0u0​=0 and the mean order size uˉ=∑jjuj\bar u = \sum_j j u_juˉ=∑j​juj​ is finite (compound Poisson demand; simple Poisson demand is u1=1u_1 = 1u1​=1). Resupply times have mean τˉ>0\bar\tau > 0τˉ>0. The steady-state probability that xxx units are in resupply is

p(0∣λτˉ)=e−λτˉ,p(x∣λτˉ)=∑j≥1e−λτˉ(λτˉ)jj! ux(j)(x≥1),p(0 \mid \lambda\bar\tau) = e^{-\lambda\bar\tau}, \qquad p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau) = \sum_{j \ge 1} e^{-\lambda\bar\tau}\frac{(\lambda\bar\tau)^j}{j!}\,u^{(j)}_x \quad (x \ge 1),p(0∣λτˉ)=e−λτˉ,p(x∣λτˉ)=j≥1∑​e−λτˉj!(λτˉ)j​ux(j)​(x≥1),

where ux(j)u^{(j)}_xux(j)​ is the probability that jjj orders total xxx units. In this mission p(⋅∣λτˉ)p(\cdot \mid \lambda\bar\tau)p(⋅∣λτˉ) is the definition of the model, not a consequence of Palm's theorem. The mean lead-time demand is μ=λτˉuˉ\mu = \lambda\bar\tau\bar uμ=λτˉuˉ, and the book also writes p(x∣μ)p(x \mid \mu)p(x∣μ).

For a stock level s∈{0,1,2,… }s \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}s∈{0,1,2,…}:

  • the ready rate is R(s)=∑x≤sp(x∣λτˉ)R(s) = \sum_{x \le s} p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)R(s)=∑x≤s​p(x∣λτˉ);
  • the expected backorders are B(s)=∑x>s(x−s) p(x∣λτˉ)B(s) = \sum_{x > s}(x - s)\,p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)B(s)=∑x>s​(x−s)p(x∣λτˉ);
  • the expected on-hand inventory is ∑x≤s(s−x) p(x∣λτˉ)\sum_{x \le s}(s - x)\,p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)∑x≤s​(s−x)p(x∣λτˉ);
  • under simple Poisson demand the fill rate is F(s)=∑x<sp(x∣λτˉ)F(s) = \sum_{x < s} p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)F(s)=∑x<s​p(x∣λτˉ).

Forward differences are Δf(s)=f(s+1)−f(s)\Delta f(s) = f(s+1) - f(s)Δf(s)=f(s+1)−f(s) and Δ2f(s)=Δf(s+1)−Δf(s)\Delta^2 f(s) = \Delta f(s+1) - \Delta f(s)Δ2f(s)=Δf(s+1)−Δf(s); discrete convexity means Δ2f≥0\Delta^2 f \ge 0Δ2f≥0.

With nnn items, unit costs ci>0c_i > 0ci​>0 and budget bbb, Problem 4 (3.40) is

min⁡∑iBi(si)s.t.∑ici [si−μi+Bi(si)]≤b,si∈{0,1,… }.\min \sum_i B_i(s_i) \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_i c_i\,[s_i - \mu_i + B_i(s_i)] \le b,\quad s_i \in \{0,1,\dots\}.mini∑​Bi​(si​)s.t.i∑​ci​[si​−μi​+Bi​(si​)]≤b,si​∈{0,1,…}.

For a multiplier θ>0\theta > 0θ>0, the item-wise criterion defines si∗(θ)s_i^*(\theta)si∗​(θ) as the least sss with ∑x≤sp(x∣μi)≥1/(1+θci)\sum_{x \le s} p(x \mid \mu_i) \ge 1/(1 + \theta c_i)∑x≤s​p(x∣μi​)≥1/(1+θci​), and C(θ)=∑ici [si∗(θ)−μi+Bi(si∗(θ))]C(\theta) = \sum_i c_i\,[s_i^*(\theta) - \mu_i + B_i(s_i^*(\theta))]C(θ)=∑i​ci​[si∗​(θ)−μi​+Bi​(si∗​(θ))].

Formalization targets

Goal: the Lagrangian stock levels solve Problem 4

For every θ>0\theta > 0θ>0, each si∗(θ)s_i^*(\theta)si∗​(θ) exists and

∑ici [si−μi+Bi(si)]≤C(θ) ⟹ ∑iBi(si∗(θ))≤∑iBi(si)\sum_i c_i\,[s_i - \mu_i + B_i(s_i)] \le C(\theta) \ \Longrightarrow\ \sum_i B_i(s_i^*(\theta)) \le \sum_i B_i(s_i)i∑​ci​[si​−μi​+Bi​(si​)]≤C(θ) ⟹ i∑​Bi​(si∗​(θ))≤i∑​Bi​(si​)

for every vector sss of nonnegative integer stock levels. That is, s∗(θ)s^*(\theta)s∗(θ) is optimal for Problem 4 at budget b=C(θ)b = C(\theta)b=C(θ). This is what the book asserts by combining Theorem 10 (p. 57, with the remark on p. 58) and the criterion of p. 61, and it is the basis of its bisection algorithm (p. 63). The goal fixes no numerical constant.

Milestones

  1. Section 3.3, p. 53: ΔF(s)=p(s∣λτˉ)\Delta F(s) = p(s \mid \lambda\bar\tau)ΔF(s)=p(s∣λτˉ) and Δ2F(s)=p(s∣λτˉ) (λτˉ/(s+1)−1)\Delta^2 F(s) = p(s \mid \lambda\bar\tau)\,(\lambda\bar\tau/(s+1) - 1)Δ2F(s)=p(s∣λτˉ)(λτˉ/(s+1)−1), so under simple Poisson demand FFF is discretely concave exactly on s≥⌊λτˉ⌋s \ge \lfloor\lambda\bar\tau\rfloors≥⌊λτˉ⌋ (resp. s≥λτˉ−1s \ge \lambda\bar\tau - 1s≥λτˉ−1 for integer λτˉ\lambda\bar\tauλτˉ).
  2. Section 3.3, p. 55: ΔB(s)=−(1−R(s))\Delta B(s) = -(1 - R(s))ΔB(s)=−(1−R(s)) and Δ2B(s)=p(s+1∣λτˉ)\Delta^2 B(s) = p(s+1 \mid \lambda\bar\tau)Δ2B(s)=p(s+1∣λτˉ).
  3. Theorem 10 (Everett), p. 57.
  4. Section 3.4.2, p. 60: E[On-hand]=s−λτˉuˉ+B(s)E[\text{On-hand}] = s - \lambda\bar\tau\bar u + B(s)E[On-hand]=s−λτˉuˉ+B(s).
  5. Section 3.4.2, p. 61: the least sss with R(s)≥1/(1+θc)R(s) \ge 1/(1+\theta c)R(s)≥1/(1+θc) minimizes f(s)=(1+θc)B(s)+θcsf(s) = (1 + \theta c)B(s) + \theta c sf(s)=(1+θc)B(s)+θcs.
  6. Section 3.4.2, p. 61: s∗(θ)s^*(\theta)s∗(θ) and C(θ)C(\theta)C(θ) are nonincreasing in θ\thetaθ.
  7. Section 3.4.2, p. 63: at θmax⁡=max⁡ici−1(1/p(0∣μi)−1)\theta_{\max} = \max_i c_i^{-1}(1/p(0 \mid \mu_i) - 1)θmax​=maxi​ci−1​(1/p(0∣μi​)−1) every si∗(θmax⁡)=0s_i^*(\theta_{\max}) = 0si∗​(θmax​)=0.
  8. Section 3.4.3, p. 65: every solution produced by the greedy marginal-analysis rule for Problem 5 (3.41), maximum average fill rate subject to ∑icisi≤b\sum_i c_i s_i \le b∑i​ci​si​≤b and si≥⌊λiτˉi⌋s_i \ge \lfloor\lambda_i\bar\tau_i\rfloorsi​≥⌊λi​τˉi​⌋, is optimal at the budget it uses.

Significance

The goal reduces a coupled integer program over thousands of items to one scalar search: for a fixed multiplier each item is solved by a single scan of its distribution function, and each multiplier yields a point on the exact efficient frontier of expected backorders against investment. Milestone 8 does the same for fill rates on the region where they are concave, and milestone 1 explains why that region, s≥⌊λτˉ⌋s \ge \lfloor\lambda\bar\tau\rfloors≥⌊λτˉ⌋, is imposed in practice. Milestone 4 is the identity that turns an investment budget into the constraint of Problem 4.

All results are proved in the book (Theorem 10 with a complete proof; the others by short derivations, the greedy optimality by a sketch). None of them is formalized, as far as the platform shows: there is no Everett-type Lagrangian sufficiency theorem, no compound Poisson backorder function, and no discrete marginal-analysis optimality result. The mission produces a reusable layer for later chapters: the compound Poisson steady-state law with its backorder function, and the Lagrangian machinery the book reuses for multi-echelon systems.

Difficulty

The algebra of first differences is elementary; the difficulties are elsewhere. B(s)B(s)B(s) is an infinite series whose convergence rests on the finiteness of the mean order size, and exchanging the difference with the sum, and identifying ∑xx p(x∣λτˉ)\sum_x x\,p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)∑x​xp(x∣λτˉ) with λτˉuˉ\lambda\bar\tau\bar uλτˉuˉ, requires manipulating a doubly infinite sum over order counts and convolution powers. Existence of s∗(θ)s^*(\theta)s∗(θ) requires that the compound Poisson probabilities sum to one. For milestone 8 the obvious argument ("greedy is optimal for concave separable objectives") fails for knapsack constraints with unequal costs at arbitrary budgets; it holds only at the budgets the greedy run generates, and only on the region where every FiF_iFi​ is concave; dropping the floor constraints si≥⌊λiτˉi⌋s_i \ge \lfloor\lambda_i\bar\tau_i\rfloorsi​≥⌊λi​τˉi​⌋ makes it false.

Formalization scope

Stock levels are natural numbers; probabilities, rates, costs and multipliers are reals. The compound Poisson law is a structure with fields λ,τˉ>0\lambda, \bar\tau > 0λ,τˉ>0, an order-size distribution uuu with u0=0u_0 = 0u0​=0, uj≥0u_j \ge 0uj​≥0, ∑juj=1\sum_j u_j = 1∑j​uj​=1, and summable jujj u_jjuj​ (the finite mean is added: without it BBB is infinite). Expected on-hand inventory is the finite sum E[(s−X)+]E[(s - X)^+]E[(s−X)+]. Items are indexed by an arbitrary finite type (nonempty where a maximum over items is taken).

Pinnings and deviations, each stated in the item's Formalization Note:

  • θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 and c>0c > 0c>0. The book allows θ≥0\theta \ge 0θ≥0 in (3.38); at θ=0\theta = 0θ=0 the threshold 111 is never reached and f=Bf = Bf=B has no minimizer.
  • Theorem 10 without convexity and for an arbitrary set SSS: the book assumes f,gf, gf,g convex, but its proof does not use it and the applications are to integer vectors (labelled generalization).
  • BBB's identities for compound Poisson demand. The book derives them under simple Poisson demand and uses them for compound demand on p. 61; strict convexity and strict decrease are stated only for simple Poisson demand, as in the book.
  • Optimality is always against every feasible vector, never an infimum; the greedy procedure is a relation on sequences, covering every tie-breaking rule.
  • Problem 5 keeps the constraints si≥⌊λiτˉi⌋s_i \ge \lfloor\lambda_i\bar\tau_i\rfloorsi​≥⌊λi​τˉi​⌋.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal is stated for the book's own backorder function BBB built from the compound Poisson law, not for an arbitrary convex function nor for a BBB defined through its differences.

Welcome contributions: summability and normalization lemmas for the compound Poisson law, a general discrete Lagrangian lemma for separable objectives, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer, 2005, Chapter 3, pp. 47–65. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • H. Everett III, Generalized Lagrange multiplier method for solving problems of optimum allocation of resources, Operations Research 11(3):399–417, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.3.399
  • B. L. Fox and D. M. Landi, Searching for the multiplier in one-constraint optimization problems, Operations Research 18(2):253–262, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.18.2.253
  • G. J. Feeney and C. C. Sherbrooke, The (s−1, s) inventory policy under compound Poisson demand, Management Science 12(5):391–411, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.12.5.391
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization VI: Adaptive Stepsizes and Cesàro Convergence of Stochastic Quasigradient MethodsTextbook

Motivation

Stochastic quasigradient (SQG) methods minimize an expectation F(x)=Eωf(x,ω)F(x)=E_\omega f(x,\omega)F(x)=Eω​f(x,ω) over a constraint set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn when neither FFF nor its gradient can be computed, only random vectors whose conditional mean is (close to) a subgradient. They are the workhorse of stochastic programming and, under the name stochastic gradient descent, of large-scale statistical learning. The classical convergence theory, going back to Robbins and Monro (1951) and to Ermoliev's quasi-Féjer analysis, asks the stepsizes to be chosen in advance with ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0, ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞, ∑ρs2<∞\sum\rho_s^2<\infty∑ρs2​<∞. Uryasev, in Chapter 18 of Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Ermoliev and Wets, eds., 1988), points out that such programmed rules are slow in practice, and that practitioners want adaptive stepsizes computed on line from the observed directions.

Timeline:

  • 1951: Robbins and Monro, stochastic approximation with programmed steps.
  • 1976: Ermoliev, Methods of Stochastic Programming: the SQG projection method and its a.s. convergence through stochastic quasi-Féjer sequences.
  • 1983: Mirzoakhmedov and Uryasev (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz., cited as [7] in Ch. 18 and [14] in Ch. 17): Cesàro convergence of the weighted mean with ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 and ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ only, under the two measurability regimes. Chapter 17 states it as Theorem (ii); Chapter 18 as Theorem 1.
  • 1988: Uryasev, Ch. 18, applies it to the adaptive rule (18.5) (Theorem 2).
  • 1992: Polyak and Juditsky, averaging of iterates for smooth stochastic approximation, with optimal asymptotic variance.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be nonempty, convex and compact, C1=max⁡x,y∈X∥x−y∥C_1=\max_{x,y\in X}\|x-y\|C1​=maxx,y∈X​∥x−y∥ its diameter, and FFF convex on an open convex set U⊇XU\supseteq XU⊇X, with subdifferential ∂F(x)\partial F(x)∂F(x). The projection πX(y)\pi_X(y)πX​(y) is the point of XXX nearest to yyy. On a probability space, the SQG method generates

xs+1=πX(xs−ρsξs),s=0,1,…(18.2)x^{s+1}=\pi_X(x^s-\rho_s\xi^s),\qquad s=0,1,\dots\qquad(18.2)xs+1=πX​(xs−ρs​ξs),s=0,1,…(18.2)

from x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X, where the direction ξs\xi^sξs is a stochastic quasigradient: E(ξs∣Bs)=Fx(xs)+bsE(\xi^s\mid B_s)=F_x(x^s)+b^sE(ξs∣Bs​)=Fx​(xs)+bs with Fx(xs)∈∂F(xs)F_x(x^s)\in\partial F(x^s)Fx​(xs)∈∂F(xs), a bias bsb^sbs, and BsB_sBs​ the σ\sigmaσ-algebra induced by (x0,…,xs,ξ0,…,ξs−1)(x^0,\dots,x^s,\xi^0,\dots,\xi^{s-1})(x0,…,xs,ξ0,…,ξs−1).

The adaptive stepsize rule of the chapter is, for fixed a>1a>1a>1, δ>0\delta>0δ>0 and ρ0>0\rho_0>0ρ0​>0,

ρs+1=ρs a⟨ξs+1, xs−xs+1⟩−δρs(18.5).\rho_{s+1}=\rho_s\,a^{\langle\xi^{s+1},\,x^s-x^{s+1}\rangle-\delta\rho_s}\qquad(18.5).ρs+1​=ρs​a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρs​(18.5).

The step grows when consecutive moves point the same way and shrinks otherwise. The weighted (Cesàro) averages are

xˉs=∑ℓ=0sρℓxℓ/∑ℓ=0sρℓ(18.6).\bar x^s=\sum_{\ell=0}^s\rho_\ell x^\ell\Big/\sum_{\ell=0}^s\rho_\ell\qquad(18.6).xˉs=ℓ=0∑s​ρℓ​xℓ/ℓ=0∑s​ρℓ​(18.6).

The sequence xsx^sxs is Cesàro convergent when xˉs\bar x^sxˉs converges to the solution set.

Chapter 17 (Pflug) uses the same method for f(x)=EP q(x,ξ)f(x)=E_P\,q(x,\xi)f(x)=EP​q(x,ξ) over a closed convex S⊆RkS\subseteq\mathbb R^kS⊆Rk, with Y=∇q(Xn,ξn)Y=\nabla q(X_n,\xi_n)Y=∇q(Xn​,ξn​) from i.i.d. ξn\xi_nξn​ and stepsizes adapted to σ(ξ0,…,ξn−1)\sigma(\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{n-1})σ(ξ0​,…,ξn−1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 of Chapter 18

Under sup⁡s∥ξs∥<C2\sup_s\|\xi^s\|<C_2sups​∥ξs∥<C2​ (18.15), lim sup⁡∥bs∥≤bˉ\limsup\|b^s\|\le\bar blimsup∥bs∥≤bˉ (18.16) and δ>C2lim sup⁡sinf⁡h∈∂F(xs)∥ξs−h∥\delta>C_2\limsup_s\inf_{h\in\partial F(x^s)}\|\xi^s-h\|δ>C2​limsups​infh∈∂F(xs)​∥ξs−h∥ (18.17), almost surely,

lim sup⁡s→∞(F(xˉs)−min⁡x∈XF(x))≤bˉ C1,\limsup_{s\to\infty}\Big(F(\bar x^s)-\min_{x\in X}F(x)\Big)\le\bar b\,C_1,s→∞limsup​(F(xˉs)−x∈Xmin​F(x))≤bˉC1​,

and if bs→0b^s\to0bs→0 a.s., then F(xˉs)→min⁡XFF(\bar x^s)\to\min_XFF(xˉs)→minX​F and all accumulation points of xˉs\bar x^sxˉs are minimizers, almost surely.

Milestones

  1. Chapter 17, Theorem (i): ∑ρn=∞\sum\rho_n=\infty∑ρn​=∞ and ∑ρn2<∞\sum\rho_n^2<\infty∑ρn2​<∞ a.s. imply Xn→x∗X_n\to x^*Xn​→x∗ a.s.
  2. Chapter 17, Theorem (ii): for convex fff and bounded SSS, ρn→0\rho_n\to0ρn​→0 and ∑ρn=∞\sum\rho_n=\infty∑ρn​=∞ a.s. imply Xˉn→x∗\bar X_n\to x^*Xˉn​→x∗ a.s.
  3. Chapter 18, Theorem 1: for any stepsizes with ρs>0\rho_s>0ρs​>0, Eρs2<∞E\rho_s^2<\inftyEρs2​<∞, ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0, ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ and measurability condition (1) or (2), lim sup⁡F(xˉs)−F(x∗)≤bˉC1\limsup F(\bar x^s)-F(x^*)\le\bar bC_1limsupF(xˉs)−F(x∗)≤bˉC1​ a.s.
  4. Chapter 18, Corollary: with bs→0b^s\to0bs→0, the accumulation points of xˉs\bar x^sxˉs are solutions.
  5. Eq. (18.18): ∥xs+1−xs∥≤∥ρsξs∥≤ρsC2\|x^{s+1}-x^s\|\le\|\rho_s\xi^s\|\le\rho_sC_2∥xs+1−xs∥≤∥ρs​ξs∥≤ρs​C2​.
  6. Proof of Theorem 2, step 1: the adaptive steps satisfy ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞.
  7. Proof of Theorem 2, step 2: under (18.17), ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0.
  8. End of step 2: ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 implies ρs+1/ρs→1\rho_{s+1}/\rho_s\to1ρs+1​/ρs​→1.

Significance

Theorem 2 is a convergence guarantee for a stepsize rule that is computed from the run itself. It needs no square summability of the steps, and it tolerates a nonvanishing bias at a cost linear in the bias. This is the regime of practical SQG codes; §18.4–18.5 of the chapter discuss implementation and numerical experiments. Theorem 1 isolates the reason: Cesàro convergence needs only ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 and ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞. It also allows a stepsize that depends on the current direction, provided consecutive steps have ratio tending to 111.

The volume proves none of the probabilistic results in full. Theorem 1 of Chapter 18 is cited from Uryasev's earlier report. Theorem 2 has an outline proof that reduces it to Theorem 1. Chapter 17 gives a sketch through the Robbins–Siegmund lemma. None of these results is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements of all of them, with the misprints of the page resolved, and it separates the pathwise part of the Theorem 2 argument (steps 1 and 2, which are deterministic) from the martingale part (Theorem 1).

Difficulty

The obvious route to a.s. convergence is the quasi-Féjer or Robbins–Siegmund argument. It controls ∥xs−x∗∥2\|x^s-x^*\|^2∥xs−x∗∥2 and needs ∑ρs2∥ξs∥2<∞\sum\rho_s^2\|\xi^s\|^2<\infty∑ρs2​∥ξs∥2<∞, which is exactly what is not available here. The averaged analysis has to show that the martingale term ∑ℓρℓ⟨ξℓ−E(ξℓ∣Bℓ),x∗−xℓ⟩\sum_\ell\rho_\ell\langle\xi^\ell-E(\xi^\ell\mid B_\ell),x^*-x^\ell\rangle∑ℓ​ρℓ​⟨ξℓ−E(ξℓ∣Bℓ​),x∗−xℓ⟩ is o(∑ℓρℓ)o(\sum_\ell\rho_\ell)o(∑ℓ​ρℓ​) almost surely, and that ∑ℓρℓ2∥ξℓ∥2\sum_\ell\rho_\ell^2\|\xi^\ell\|^2∑ℓ​ρℓ2​∥ξℓ∥2 is o(∑ℓρℓ)o(\sum_\ell\rho_\ell)o(∑ℓ​ρℓ​), when the stepsizes are themselves random. Under condition (2) of Theorem 1, ρs\rho_sρs​ is not even measurable with respect to the σ\sigmaσ-algebra of the conditional expectation. So E(ρsξs∣Bs)≠ρsE(ξs∣Bs)E(\rho_s\xi^s\mid B_s)\ne\rho_sE(\xi^s\mid B_s)E(ρs​ξs∣Bs​)=ρs​E(ξs∣Bs​), and the standard decomposition breaks. For the adaptive rule, the stepsizes are coupled to the iterates through the exponent. Neither ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ nor ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 is given, and both must be derived path by path.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Sequences are indexed from 000. Chapter 17 is shifted by one against the page: its Xn,ξn,FnX_n,\xi_n,\mathcal F_nXn​,ξn​,Fn​, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, become indices n−1n-1n−1. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp with respect to the history σ\sigmaσ-algebras of the definition file. Every lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup bound is written out as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually ⋯≤⋯+ε\dots\le\dots+\varepsilon⋯≤⋯+ε", or in (18.17) as a bound LLL with C2L<δC_2L<\deltaC2​L<δ. Expectations of squared norms are lower Lebesgue integrals. The deterministic proof steps (items 5 to 8) are stated for one sample path.

Readings of the page, each recorded in the item's Formalization Note:

  • (18.17) prints C1C_1C1​. The proof's estimate gives (C2Cs−δ)ρs(C_2C_s-\delta)\rho_s(C2​Cs​−δ)ρs​, and only C2C_2C2​ is invariant under rescaling of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, so C2C_2C2​ is stated.
  • (18.5) has two forms that agree only without projection. The proof uses the second, a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρsa^{\langle\xi^{s+1},x^s-x^{s+1}\rangle-\delta\rho_s}a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρs​, which is stated.
  • (18.8) prints Fs(xs)F_s(x^s)Fs​(xs) for Fx(xs)F_x(x^s)Fx​(xs). (18.11) prints EρssE\rho_s^sEρss​, read as Eρs2<∞E\rho_s^2<\inftyEρs2​<∞.
  • Theorem 2's "F(xs)−min⁡z∈XF(x)→0F(x^s)-\min z\in XF(x)\to0F(xs)−minz∈XF(x)→0" is read as F(xˉs)−min⁡XF→0F(\bar x^s)-\min_XF\to0F(xˉs)−minX​F→0.
  • The end of step 2 prints ρs+1/ρs→0\rho_{s+1}/\rho_s\to0ρs+1​/ρs​→0, read as →1\to1→1.
  • Chapter 17, assumption (ii) prints ∥∇f(x)∥≤A+B∥x−x∗∥2\|\nabla f(x)\|\le A+B\|x-x^*\|^2∥∇f(x)∥≤A+B∥x−x∗∥2. The proof uses ∥∇f(x)∥2\|\nabla f(x)\|^2∥∇f(x)∥2, and the printed form makes part (i) false, so the squared form is stated. Var(Yx)≤C\mathrm{Var}(Y_x)\le CVar(Yx​)≤C is read as E∥Yx−EYx∥2≤CE\|Y_x-EY_x\|^2\le CE∥Yx​−EYx​∥2≤C.
  • The Corollary adds lower semicontinuity of FFF on XXX, without which it fails.
  • x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X is assumed, and ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ in Theorem 2 is a fixed positive number.

No explicit constants replace an O(·) or an unspecified "C": every constant appears in the book's statements.

A trivializing formalization states Theorem 2 for arbitrary stepsizes satisfying (18.10)–(18.13), which is Theorem 1 again. Here the stepsizes are tied to the iterates by (18.5), and the δ\deltaδ of (18.17) is the δ\deltaδ of the rule.

Needed infrastructure: a Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale lemma, which Mathlib does not have; a strong law for martingale differences with random weights (Kronecker's lemma in its stochastic form); nonexpansiveness of the projection onto a closed convex set; and nonemptiness of the subdifferential of a finite convex function on an open set. The first two are reusable across stochastic approximation. Contributions of any of the milestones, or of these lemmas as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Ch. Pflug, Stepsize Rules, Stopping Times and their Implementation in Stochastic Quasigradient Algorithms, in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer 1988, Ch. 17. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • S. Uryasev, Adaptive Stochastic Quasigradient Procedures, ibid., Ch. 18. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • Yu. Ermoliev, Stochastic Quasigradient Methods, ibid., Ch. 6. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • F. Mirzoakhmedov and S. P. Uryasev, Adaptive step size control for stochastic optimization algorithm, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 23(6) (1983) 1314–1325 (in Russian); cited in the volume above, no online copy linked.
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A Stochastic Approximation Method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22 (1951) 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • B. T. Polyak and A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of Stochastic Approximation by Averaging, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30 (1992) 838–855. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach II: Violation Guarantees after Discarding k ConstraintsTextbook

Motivation

Decisions under uncertainty are often required to satisfy a constraint θ∈Θδ\theta \in \Theta_\deltaθ∈Θδ​ that depends on a random parameter δ\deltaδ, and requiring it for every possible δ\deltaδ is usually too conservative or infeasible. The scenario approach replaces the unknown distribution of δ\deltaδ by NNN independent samples (scenarios) and enforces only the sampled constraints; its generalization theorem (Campi and Garatti, 2008) bounds the probability that the resulting decision violates a fresh constraint.

Enforcing all NNN sampled constraints can still be costly: a few unusual scenarios may dominate the solution. A practitioner therefore often discards kkk of the sampled constraints, optimally, greedily or at random, and re-solves. The question is what guarantee survives: the removed constraints were chosen by looking at the data, so the solution is biased towards points of higher risk. Campi and Garatti (2011) answered it with a bound that holds for every removal procedure. This mission formalizes that answer as it is presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.3 and Chapter 5, Section 5.3 of the textbook Introduction to the Scenario Approach (Campi and Garatti, SIAM/MOS 2018), together with its explicit corollary, Theorem 1.2. Applications include chance-constrained control, portfolio selection and prediction, where discarding scenarios trades a controlled amount of risk for a better cost.

Setting

A decision θ\thetaθ ranges over Rd\mathbb R^dRd (in Lean, EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d)), with a closed convex domain Θ\ThetaΘ and a linear cost cTθc^{\mathsf T}\thetacTθ. An uncertain parameter δ\deltaδ takes values in a measurable space Δ\DeltaΔ with probability P\mathbb PP, and each δ\deltaδ determines a closed convex constraint set Θδ\Theta_\deltaΘδ​. The violation probability of a decision is

V(θ)=P{δ∈Δ:θ∉Θδ}.V(\theta) = \mathbb P\{\delta \in \Delta : \theta \notin \Theta_\delta\}.V(θ)=P{δ∈Δ:θ∈/Θδ​}.

Given independent samples δ1,…,δN\delta_1,\dots,\delta_Nδ1​,…,δN​ with joint law PN\mathbb P^NPN, the scenario program minimizes cTθc^{\mathsf T}\thetacTθ over θ∈Θ∩⋂i=1NΘδi\theta \in \Theta \cap \bigcap_{i=1}^N \Theta_{\delta_i}θ∈Θ∩⋂i=1N​Θδi​​. For a set III of indexes, the program without the constraints in III minimizes the same cost over Θ∩⋂i∉IΘδi\Theta \cap \bigcap_{i \notin I} \Theta_{\delta_i}Θ∩⋂i∈/I​Θδi​​; its solution is written θI∗\theta^*_IθI∗​. A removal procedure selects, as a function of the whole sample, a set of kkk indexes, and θk∗\theta^*_kθk∗​ denotes the solution of the program without them. The procedure is required to output a solution that violates exactly the kkk removed constraints (with probability one): a removed constraint that turns out to be satisfied is reinstated and another is removed. Two standing assumptions are used throughout: Assumption 3.4, that Θ\ThetaΘ and every Θδ\Theta_\deltaΘδ​ are convex and closed, and Assumption 3.6, that for every sample size mmm and every sample the scenario program has exactly one solution.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9

For N≥dN \ge dN≥d, under Assumptions 3.4 and 3.6, for every removal procedure and every ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon \in [0,1]ε∈[0,1],

PN{V(θk∗)>ε}≤(k+d−1k)∑i=0k+d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i.\mathbb P^N\{V(\theta^*_k) > \varepsilon\} \le \binom{k+d-1}{k} \sum_{i=0}^{k+d-1} \binom Ni \varepsilon^i (1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}.PN{V(θk∗​)>ε}≤(kk+d−1​)i=0∑k+d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i.

The bound depends on the problem only through ddd, and on the removal procedure not at all. For k=0k = 0k=0 it is Theorem 3.7.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.7 (no removal): PN{V(θ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{V(\theta^*) > \varepsilon\} \le \sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{V(θ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i, used for the program with the N−kN-kN−k kept constraints.
  2. Eq. (5.11): up to a zero probability set, the event {V(θk∗)>ε}\{V(\theta^*_k) > \varepsilon\}{V(θk∗​)>ε} is contained in the union over all kkk-element index sets III of the events "θI∗\theta^*_IθI∗​ violates all constraints in III and V(θI∗)>εV(\theta^*_I) > \varepsilonV(θI∗​)>ε".
  3. Eq. (5.13): for a fixed III, the probability of that event equals ∫(ε,1]αkFV(dα)\int_{(\varepsilon,1]} \alpha^k F_V(d\alpha)∫(ε,1]​αkFV​(dα), where FVF_VFV​ is the law of V(θI∗)V(\theta^*_I)V(θI∗​).
  4. Eq. (5.14) and Theorem 3.9 for d=2d = 2d=2: the book's complete proof in the plane.
  5. Eqs. (3.15)–(3.17) and the conclusion of Section 3.3.1: with the explicit level εk\varepsilon_kεk​ of (1.9), the right-hand side of (3.13) is at most β\betaβ.
  6. Theorem 1.2: with probability at least 1−β1-\beta1−β, V(θk∗)≤εkV(\theta^*_k) \le \varepsilon_kV(θk∗​)≤εk​, where
εk=kN+[kN+k+1N((d−1)ln⁡(k+d−1)+d−1k+ln⁡1β)].\varepsilon_k = \frac{k}{N} + \left[\frac{\sqrt k}{N} + \frac{\sqrt k+1}{N}\left((d-1)\ln(k+d-1) + \frac{d-1}{\sqrt k} + \ln\frac1\beta\right)\right].εk​=Nk​+[Nk​​+Nk​+1​((d−1)ln(k+d−1)+k​d−1​+lnβ1​)].

Significance

Theorem 3.9 certifies every constraint-removal heuristic at once. Since the guarantee is the same for optimal, greedy and random removal, a user may pick the removal strategy purely for cost, and may inspect several values of kkk before choosing, paying only a union bound over the values tried (Section 3.3). Theorem 1.2 turns the bound into an explicit rate: when k/Nk/Nk/N is held fixed, the violation exceeds the empirical risk k/Nk/Nk/N by a margin of order ln⁡N/N\ln N/\sqrt NlnN/N​, only slightly worse than the 1/N1/\sqrt N1/N​ rate for estimating the probability of a fixed event. The result also shows that the violation after removal concentrates around the target level, which is the basis of the book's comparison between sampling-and-discarding and simply using fewer scenarios (Example 3.10).

Theorem 3.9 is proved in the literature for general ddd (Campi and Garatti, 2011); the textbook proves it for d=2d = 2d=2. To our knowledge no part of the scenario approach has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply the first verified version of the removal bound, a Lean treatment of solution maps of random convex programs, and reusable combinatorial and binomial-tail estimates.

Difficulty

The removed set is chosen after seeing the data, so the kept constraints are not an independent sample and Theorem 3.7 cannot be applied to θk∗\theta^*_kθk∗​ directly. The argument must pass through all (Nk)\binom Nk(kN​) fixed index sets and account for the event that the removed constraints are violated; a plain union bound that ignores this event loses a factor (Nk)\binom Nk(kN​) and does not give (3.13). For a fixed index set, the probability that the kkk removed scenarios are all violated involves the distribution of V(θI∗)V(\theta^*_I)V(θI∗​), which is only known to be dominated by a Beta law, so a stochastic-domination argument for the increasing function α↦αk\alpha \mapsto \alpha^kα↦αk is needed. In general dimension the combinatorial constant (k+d−1k)\binom{k+d-1}{k}(kk+d−1​) comes from a sharper counting than the two-dimensional computation of Section 5.3, and that argument is in the cited paper rather than in the book.

Formalization scope

Decisions live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), samples of size mmm are maps Fin m → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ => P) for a probability measure P, and the violation is the real number (P {δ | θ ∉ Θδ δ}).toReal. Events over samples are compared in ℝ≥0∞ with ENNReal.ofReal of the book's right-hand side. The removal procedure is an arbitrary map I : (Fin N → Δ) → Finset (Fin N) with (I ω).card = k, and θk is a map that, for every sample, solves the program without the constraints in I ω, and violates each of them with probability one. The following implicit hypotheses of the book are written as binders:

  • d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, d≤Nd \le Nd≤N, k≤Nk \le Nk≤N and ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon \in [0,1]ε∈[0,1];
  • Assumption 3.6 for every mmm, including m=0m = 0m=0, and for every sample (not almost every);
  • the removed constraints are violated with probability one (∀ᵐ ω ∂ℙ^N), the book's own hypothesis on p. 65, so (5.11) is an inclusion up to a null set as on the page; requiring the violation for every sample would be unsatisfiable for 1≤k<N1 \le k < N1≤k<N (on a sample with all δi\delta_iδi​ equal a kept constraint coincides with a removed one) and would make the results vacuous;
  • measurability, which the book glosses over (p. 33): the constraint relation {(θ,δ):θ∈Θδ}\{(\theta,\delta) : \theta \in \Theta_\delta\}{(θ,δ):θ∈Θδ​} is jointly measurable, the solution map of the scenario program with mmm constraints is measurable for every mmm, and θk∗\theta^*_kθk∗​ is measurable;
  • for Theorem 1.2 and Section 3.3.1: k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 (formula (1.9) divides by k\sqrt kk​), N≥1N \ge 1N≥1, β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0,1)β∈(0,1); Section 3.3.1 additionally assumes εk≤1\varepsilon_k \le 1εk​≤1, the range in which its chain of inequalities holds.

Theorem 1.2 is stated in the constraint formulation of Chapter 3, to which the book says it "straightforwardly generalizes" (p. 20), with the hypotheses of Theorem 3.9 from which Section 3.3.1 derives it. Eq. (5.14) and the closing display of Section 5.3 are stated for d=2d = 2d=2 only, as in the book.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the removal procedure is universally quantified, the solutions are exact minimizers rather than arbitrary feasible points, and the event is the strict V(θk∗)>εV(\theta^*_k) > \varepsilonV(θk∗​)>ε; a statement for one fixed rule, or with θk∗\theta^*_kθk∗​ unconstrained, would be a different theorem.

A complete development needs: product measures and Fubini over Fin N → Δ, reindexing of the kept constraints as a sample of size N−kN-kN−k, the Beta form of the binomial tail (the platform's binomial_upper_tail_eq_incomplete_beta is available), and stochastic domination for monotone integrands. Solution-map and violation infrastructure is shared with the sibling missions of this series. Contributions on any milestone, including the general-ddd counting argument of the cited paper, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi and S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM/MOS, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • M. C. Campi and S. Garatti, A sampling-and-discarding approach to chance-constrained optimization: feasibility and optimality, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 148(2), 257–280, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-010-9754-6
  • M. C. Campi and S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19(3), 1211–1230, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/07069821X
  • G. C. Calafiore and M. C. Campi, The scenario approach to robust control design, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 51(5), 742–753, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2006.875041
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach IV: The FAST Algorithm Keeps the Beta Bound and Adds a Factor (1−ε)^{N₂}Textbook

Motivation

The scenario approach turns an optimization problem under uncertainty into a finite, data-driven program: sample NNN instances of the uncertain parameter, optimize against all of them, and certify how often the resulting design fails on a new instance. Its main guarantee (Theorem 3.7 of Campi and Garatti's Introduction to the Scenario Approach) bounds the probability of failure by a binomial tail in NNN and in the number ddd of optimization variables. To reach a failure level ε\varepsilonε with confidence 1−β1-\beta1−β, the number of scenarios grows roughly like 2ε(ln⁡1β+d−1)\frac{2}{\varepsilon}\big(\ln\frac1\beta+d-1\big)ε2​(lnβ1​+d−1) (Theorem 1.1 of the book). The product of ddd and 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε is what makes medium- and large-scale designs expensive: each scenario is one more constraint in the program that has to be solved.

FAST (Fast Algorithm for the Scenario Technique), introduced by Carè, Garatti and Campi in Operations Research 62 (2014), removes that product. It solves the program with a moderate number N1N_1N1​ of scenarios and then, instead of re-optimizing, raises the returned cost level until it covers N2N_2N2​ further scenarios. The book presents the algorithm and its guarantee, Theorem 8.5, in §8.3, and refers to the paper for the proof. This mission formalizes that guarantee.

Timeline:

  • 2006, Calafiore and Campi: violation bounds for the solution of convex scenario programs.
  • 2008, Campi and Garatti: the exact binomial bound, tight for fully supported problems (Theorem 3.7 of the book).
  • 2014, Carè, Garatti and Campi: FAST and its two-stage bound, Eq. (8.5).
  • 2018, Campi and Garatti's textbook, §8.3, the source of this mission.

Setting

Let Δ\DeltaΔ be a measurable space carrying a probability measure P\mathbb PP, and let ℓ(ν,δ)\ell(\nu,\delta)ℓ(ν,δ) be a real loss of a decision ν∈Rd−1\nu\in\mathbb R^{d-1}ν∈Rd−1 under the uncertain parameter δ∈Δ\delta\in\Deltaδ∈Δ. As a standing assumption of the book, ℓ(⋅,δ)\ell(\cdot,\delta)ℓ(⋅,δ) is convex for every δ\deltaδ.

Given scenarios δ1,…,δm\delta_1,\dots,\delta_mδ1​,…,δm​ drawn independently from P\mathbb PP, the scenario program (1.4) is

min⁡ν∈Rd−1 [max⁡i=1,…,m ℓ(ν,δi)].\min_{\nu\in\mathbb R^{d-1}}\ \Big[\max_{i=1,\dots,m}\ \ell(\nu,\delta_i)\Big].ν∈Rd−1min​ [i=1,…,mmax​ ℓ(ν,δi​)].

Its solution is ν∗\nu^*ν∗ and its optimal value ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗. Assumption 3.6 requires that for every mmm and every sample the solution exist and be unique. The pair (ν,ℓ)(\nu,\ell)(ν,ℓ) has ddd components, and ddd is the number that enters every bound.

The risk (Definition 8.2) of a decision ν\nuν with cost level ℓ\ellℓ is

R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ∈Δ: ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ},R(\nu,\ell)=\mathbb P\{\delta\in\Delta:\ \ell(\nu,\delta)>\ell\},R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ∈Δ: ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ},

the probability that a new instance costs more than promised. It is the violation V(ν,ℓ)V(\nu,\ell)V(ν,ℓ) of the epigraphic constraint ℓ≥ℓ(ν,δ)\ell\ge\ell(\nu,\delta)ℓ≥ℓ(ν,δ).

FAST takes N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ independent scenarios. It solves (1.4) with the first N1N_1N1​ of them, obtaining νN1∗\nu^*_{N_1}νN1​∗​. In the detuning step it then sets

ℓF∗=max⁡i=1,…,N1+N2 ℓ(νN1∗,δi),\ell^*_F=\max_{i=1,\dots,N_1+N_2}\ \ell(\nu^*_{N_1},\delta_i),ℓF∗​=i=1,…,N1​+N2​max​ ℓ(νN1​∗​,δi​),

the smallest level that covers every scenario seen. The output is (νF∗,ℓF∗)(\nu^*_F,\ell^*_F)(νF∗​,ℓF∗​) with νF∗=νN1∗\nu^*_F=\nu^*_{N_1}νF∗​=νN1​∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.5, Eq. (8.5)

For every ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1],

PN1+N2{V(νF∗,ℓF∗)>ε} ≤ (1−ε)N2∑i=0d−1(N1i)εi(1−ε)N1−i.\mathbb P^{N_1+N_2}\{V(\nu^*_F,\ell^*_F)>\varepsilon\}\ \le\ (1-\varepsilon)^{N_2}\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom{N_1}{i}\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N_1-i}.PN1​+N2​{V(νF∗​,ℓF∗​)>ε} ≤ (1−ε)N2​i=0∑d−1​(iN1​​)εi(1−ε)N1​−i.

No relation between N1N_1N1​ and ddd is required. When N1<dN_1<dN1​<d the sum equals 111 and the bound reads (1−ε)N2(1-\varepsilon)^{N_2}(1−ε)N2​.

Milestone: Theorem 3.7 for program (1.4)

The first stage is an ordinary scenario program with N1N_1N1​ scenarios. For N≥dN\ge dN≥d,

PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε} ≤ ∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i,\mathbb P^N\{R(\nu^*,\ell^*)>\varepsilon\}\ \le\ \sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom{N}{i}\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i},PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε} ≤ i=0∑d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i,

that is, R(ν∗,ℓ∗)R(\nu^*,\ell^*)R(ν∗,ℓ∗) is dominated by a B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1) distribution (recalled on p. 90).

Milestone: the N2N_2N2​ rule

For ε,β∈(0,1)\varepsilon,\beta\in(0,1)ε,β∈(0,1), N2≥1εln⁡1βN_2\ge\frac1\varepsilon\ln\frac1\betaN2​≥ε1​lnβ1​ makes the right-hand side of (8.5) at most β\betaβ (p. 95).

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.5 makes the guarantee of the scenario approach cheap to obtain. With N1=KdN_1=KdN1​=Kd (the book suggests K≈20K\approx20K≈20) and N2≥1εln⁡1βN_2\ge\frac1\varepsilon\ln\frac1\betaN2​≥ε1​lnβ1​, the total number of scenarios is Kd+1εln⁡1βKd+\frac1\varepsilon\ln\frac1\betaKd+ε1​lnβ1​. This is additive in ddd and 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε rather than multiplicative, and the added N2N_2N2​ scenarios cost only function evaluations, not a larger optimization. The price is suboptimality: ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ is in general higher than the value a classical scenario program with the same confidence would return.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper, in the cited 2014 article; the book states it without proof. No part of the scenario theory has been machine-checked on this platform, as far as a search of the catalog shows. The mission produces a checked two-stage bound whose first stage is the loss-function form of Theorem 3.7, which is reusable by every mission of the series that works with program (1.4). The N2N_2N2​ rule is an elementary but explicit sample-size certificate.

Difficulty

The obvious route treats the detuning step as a fresh scenario program with N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ scenarios and applies Theorem 3.7 to it. That fails: νF∗\nu^*_FνF∗​ is not the solution of that program, and Theorem 3.7 with N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ scenarios gives a bound that is not of the product form (8.5). The level ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ depends on all N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ scenarios at once, including those that determined νN1∗\nu^*_{N_1}νN1​∗​, and the map c↦R(ν,c)c\mapsto R(\nu,c)c↦R(ν,c) is monotone but need not be continuous, so the event V(νF∗,ℓF∗)>εV(\nu^*_F,\ell^*_F)>\varepsilonV(νF∗​,ℓF∗​)>ε is not a simple event about the new scenarios. Underneath the goal sits Theorem 3.7 itself, which is the main theorem of the book and whose proof occupies Chapter 5.

Formalization scope

Lean representation:

  • The decision space Rd−1\mathbb R^{d-1}Rd−1 is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); the book's ddd is written n+1n+1n+1, never with natural-number subtraction.
  • A sample of size mmm is ω : Fin m → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ => P), and the same P\mathbb PP defines the risk. FAST draws one sample ω : Fin (N₁ + N₂) → Δ; its first stage is ω ∘ Fin.castAdd N₂.
  • The maximum in (1.4) and in ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ is Finset.sup' over a nonempty index set. ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ runs over all N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ scenarios, not over the N2N_2N2​ new ones only.
  • The risk is (P {δ | c < ℓ ν δ}).toReal, with the strict inequality of Definition 8.2 and the strict event V>εV>\varepsilonV>ε of (8.5). Probabilities of sample events are compared in ℝ≥0∞ through ENNReal.ofReal.
  • The first-stage solution is a map νstar from samples to decisions, with the hypothesis that νstar ω₁ solves the program for every sample ω₁.

Hypotheses the book leaves implicit, stated explicitly:

  1. ℓ(⋅,δ)\ell(\cdot,\delta)ℓ(⋅,δ) is convex for every δ\deltaδ (standing assumption, p. 6).
  2. Existence and uniqueness of the solution (Assumption 3.6) for every m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and every sample. The program with no scenario has no minimum, so m=0m=0m=0 is excluded.
  3. N1≥1N_1\ge1N1​≥1, since the first stage needs a scenario.
  4. ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1]; for ε>1\varepsilon>1ε>1 the factor (1−ε)N2(1-\varepsilon)^{N_2}(1−ε)N2​ can be negative.
  5. The loss is jointly measurable in (ν,δ)(\nu,\delta)(ν,δ) and the first-stage solution map is measurable. The book glosses over measurability (p. 6, footnote 1; p. 33).

A formalization that bounds only the N2N_2N2​ new scenarios is ruled out, because ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ is defined as a maximum over all N1+N2N_1+N_2N1​+N2​ scenarios. So is one that takes ℓF∗\ell^*_FℓF∗​ as a free variable or drops Assumption 3.6: the goal is stated for the output of FAST as the book defines it.

A complete development needs the scenario program in loss form, product-measure conditioning on ΔN1×ΔN2\Delta^{N_1}\times\Delta^{N_2}ΔN1​×ΔN2​, and Theorem 3.7. The loss-form Theorem 3.7 is the reusable piece. Proofs of the milestones and of intermediate conditioning lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM, 2018, §8.3 and Theorem 3.7. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • A. Carè, S. Garatti, M. C. Campi, FAST—Fast Algorithm for the Scenario Technique, Operations Research 62(3):662–671, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1257
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19(3):1211–1230, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/07069821X
  • G. C. Calafiore, M. C. Campi, The scenario approach to robust control design, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 51(5):742–753, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2006.875041
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatisticsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory V: Strassen's Theorems and the Stochastic Ordering of QueuesTextbook

Strassen's Theorems and the Stochastic Ordering of Queues

Background

Chapters 1–3 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory compute exact quantities: Palm identities, stability criteria, PASTA, Pollaczek–Khinchin. Chapter 4 asks a different question. When you cannot compute a queue, can you at least say it is better than another one?

That requires an order on distributions. The chapter builds a family of them — integral orders — by choosing a class ℒ of test functions and declaring F ≤_ℒ G when ∫f dF ≤ ∫f dG for all f ∈ ℒ. Three matter: {i} the non-decreasing functions, giving the strong (stochastic) order; {cx} the convex functions, giving the convex order; and their intersection {icx}.

The goal

An integral order compares two distributions that need not live on the same probability space, and that is both its convenience and its difficulty. Strassen's theorems say each of these orders is secretly a statement about a coupling.

Theorem 4.2.2 (p.278), Strassen's ≤_cx theorem:

F ≤_cx G   ⟺   ∃ X ~ F, Y ~ G on one space with  E[Y | X] = X  a.s.
F ≤_icx G  ⟺   the same with  E[Y | X] ≥ X  a.s.

The convex order holds exactly when G is a martingale dilation of F — obtained by spreading each point out without moving its conditional mean. That is what makes the order usable: comparison results for queues become induction arguments on a coupling instead of analytic manipulations of convolutions of c.d.f.'s.

Its companion Theorem 4.2.1 is the ≤_st version, where the coupling is the simpler X ≤ Y a.s. In dimension one both are explicit — take X = F⁻¹(U), Y = G⁻¹(U) for a uniform U. In dimension n there is no such formula, and that is why these are Strassen's theorems. The book attributes both to Strassen (1965) and proves neither.

Why FIFO is optimal

§4.1 is a different kind of comparison: not between two queues, but between two service disciplines for the same queue. The order there is majorization ≺, which compares how spread out two vectors of the same total are.

The answer is that FIFO minimizes E⁰[f(V)] for every convex f (Property 4.1.3), and the proof is an interchange argument. Under any non-preemptive discipline that uses no information on the service times, customer k effectively receives service σ_{γ(k)} for some permutation γ; Lemma 4.1.3 shows the same queue is produced by FIFO fed with that reordered input, and that the reordering does not change the law of the input. Lemma 4.1.4 passes to the limit, which needs ρ < 1. Lemmas 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 then do the combinatorics: undoing one inversion of γ makes the waiting-time vector less spread out, so the identity permutation — FIFO — is extremal.

Feller's paradox, and what survives it

§4.4 compares time-stationary queues, and opens with a warning. T_n[P⁰] ≤_i T̃_n[P̃⁰] for every n does not imply T_n[P] ≤_i T̃_n[P̃]: Example 4.4.1, "Feller's paradox revisited", exhibits a Poisson process and a renewal process where the Palm order holds and the stationary one fails. The order does not pass from the Palm probability to the stationary one.

For ≤_cx it does. Lemma 4.4.1 is why: it expands E_P[f(N[0,x))] as a series of second differences of f against Palm expectations, and a convex f makes every coefficient non-negative. Lemma 4.4.2 handles the S-orders, built by dividing Palm integrals by the mean cycle length, and shows that the normalisation does not hide the comparison it normalises by.

Formalization scope

  • Orders. ≤_i, ≤_cx, ≤_icx on distributions on ℝⁿ are integral orders over the book's test classes (§4.2.1), with the page's qualification that only test functions with well-defined integrals count. Majorization ≺ is (4.1.2) with increasing reorderings of both vectors.
  • Strassen. Both theorems are stated as equivalences, with the coupling existential over the probability space. Theorem 4.2.2 carries both clauses — E[Y | X] = X for ≤_cx, E[Y | X] ≥ X for ≤_icx, as conditional expectations given σ(X) — and assumes both distributions integrable; Theorem 4.2.1 has no integrability hypothesis. A one-directional statement (the Jensen half) is not the theorem.
  • The queue of §4.1.3 is constructed: a GI/GI input (i.i.d. inter-arrival and service times, independent), a single work-conserving server started empty, and any non-preemptive discipline whose choices are measurable in the information the book's σ-field 𝒢_t carries (arrivals, service times of customers already started) plus external randomisation. FIFO is one such discipline. The interchange permutations γ_n and their limit γ are built from the schedule as on pp.268–270; Lemma 4.1.4 assumes ρ = E[σ₀]/E[τ₀] < 1.
  • Lemma 4.4.1 is stated with the exact second-difference series and assumes that series converges absolutely; the page states it for all f, which fails for heavy-tailed counts and sparse f.
  • The S-orders test against {I-ℒ} — primitives ∫_0^t f(u, x) du of test functions — and apply only to distributions whose first coordinate is a.s. positive with a finite mean.

What this mission provides

None of it exists. Mathlib has no stochastic order, no convex order, no increasing-convex order, no majorization, no Schur-convexity and no Strassen theorem; the platform returns zero hits for q=stochastic ordering. Everything in this chapter is new substrate — and §§4.1–4.2 need nothing from Palm calculus, so this mission can be read on its own.

14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory IV: PASTA and the Formulas of Palm CalculusTextbook

PASTA and the Formulas of Palm Calculus

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds Palm calculus. Chapter 2 settles when a queue has a stationary regime. Chapter 3 is called simply Formulas, and it is what the first two chapters were for: it computes.

The pattern is always the same. A quantity of interest is observed two ways — from a clock fixed in time, and from an arriving customer — and Palm calculus converts between them. Little's law, the Pollaczek–Khinchin formula and the rate conservation principle are all instances.

The goal

Theorem 3.3.1 (p.211) is the one that says when the two views coincide.

This classical result of queueing theory states, in rough terms, that if the arrival point process is Poisson, operational characteristics of the system computed just before arrival times and at arbitrary times are the same (Poisson Arrivals See Time Averages). Some care must be exercised in the application of this principle, and we now give a precise statement, in the θ_t-framework.

E⁰_A[f(Z(0))] = E[f(Z(0))]                                                            (3.3.1)

for every F_t-predictable, flow-compatible {Z(t)} and every non-negative measurable f, whenever A admits the constant F_t-intensity λ; and, under ergodicity,

lim_N (1/N) Σ_{n=1}^N f(Z(T_n)) = lim_T (1/T) ∫_0^T f(Z(s)) ds .                       (3.3.2)

The "some care" is the word predictable. PASTA is false without it: an arrival that changes the state it then observes does not see the time average, and that is exactly what predictability — measurability for the F_t-predictable σ-field, generated by the sets (a,b] × A with A ∈ F_a — rules out.

The hypothesis is the constant F_t-intensity, not "A is Poisson". By Watanabe's theorem the two are equivalent, but that equivalence is a remark on the page and not part of this theorem.

Why it earns its place: Pollaczek–Khinchin

§3.4 derives formulas from conservation equations. Applying the rate conservation principle of Chapter 1 to Y(t) = e^{iuW(t)} in a GI/GI/1/∞ queue gives Takács' formula

iu E[e^{iuW(0)}] = λ E⁰_A[e^{iuW(0−)}] (E[e^{iuσ_0}] − 1) + iu(1 − ρ) ,                (3.4.44)

an identity between a stationary expectation and a Palm expectation of the workload just before an arrival. One substitution turns it into a closed form — and that substitution is PASTA. When the arrivals are Poisson, E⁰_A[e^{iuW(0−)}] = E[e^{iuW(0)}], and

E[e^{iuW(0)}] = iu(1 − ρ) / ( iu − λ(Ψ_σ(u) − 1) ) ,                                   (3.4.45)

the Pollaczek–Khinchin characteristic function formula. The most quoted formula in single-server queueing theory is one application of this mission's goal theorem.

The rest of the chapter

§3.1 carries Little's formula to fluid queues. Lemma 3.1.1 is the set identity that turns the fluid workload into an integral against the arrival measure — the same two instants described from the server's side and from the arrivals' side.

§3.2 applies Campbell's formula to rare events. Lemma 3.2.1 gives a closed form, in a countable-state Markov chain, for the mean time to make an excursion to a rare set and return; its two expressions count the same cycle rate from the two ends. Theorem 3.2.1 generalizes Keilson's asymptotic equivalence to a stationary θ_t-compatible process, replacing cycles by thinnings of the entrance processes of two disjoint sets.

§3.5 applies the stochastic intensity integration formula to a superposition of on-off fluid sources. Lemma 3.5.1 identifies a conditional expectation with a Palm expectation through Papangelou's theorem — the mean workload while a source is idle equals the mean workload that source sees when it wakes. Lemma 3.5.2 measures the gap between the two Palm expectations of the workload taken with respect to a source's start process and its fluid process.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, queueing_general_littles_law, is Stidham's deterministic sample-path law; its own docstring disclaims probability, expectation, stationarity, ergodicity and FIFO. Baccelli's L = λW is the Palm identity for a stationary ergodic marked point process, derived from the inversion formula (1.2.25) — an identity between an expectation under P and a Palm expectation under P⁰_N, not a pathwise limit. Different framework, different hypotheses, and neither implies the other.

Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in the form this chapter needs, and no stochastic intensity.

Formalization scope

  • PASTA carries both displays. (3.3.1) is an equality in [0, ∞] for every non-negative measurable f. (3.3.2) asserts that, P-almost surely, both averages converge in [0, ∞] to one common limit, so both limits exist. Predictability is measurability for the predictable σ-field P(F_t) of p.55. The concrete form Z(t,ω) = v(t, θ_t ω) of (1.8.1) is not used as the hypothesis, because for a general history it is strictly weaker. The hypothesis is the constant F_t-intensity, E[A(a,b] | F_a] = λ(b − a), and not "A is Poisson".
  • Takács (3.4.44) and Pollaczek–Khinchin (3.4.45) are stated for every real u, and for u ≠ 0 respectively. Their hypotheses are the page's: σ_n is independent of W(T_n−) under P⁰_A, E⁰_A[e^{iuσ_0}] = E[e^{iuσ_0}], P(W(0) = 0) = 1 − ρ, and ρ < 1. The workload is a measurable, flow-compatible solution of Lindley's equation. (3.4.45) adds PASTA's hypotheses for {W(t−)}, and it asserts that its denominator is non-zero.
  • Lemma 3.2.1 asserts both closed forms of E_α R. The chain is irreducible, F is non-empty, and hitting times are counted from time 0.
  • Theorem 3.2.1 asserts the equality in (3.2.43), the convergence to 1, and E⁰_{F_n(→A)}[τ(F_n)] · Λ_n → 1. Its hypotheses are the section's standing ones: P is flow-invariant, {X(t)} is flow-compatible, and A and every F_n are regular and disjoint.
  • Lemmas 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 are stated for the full on-off model of §3.5.3. The on-off point processes are independent, their on periods, off periods and fluid functions are i.i.d. and independent, P⁰_{A^i} is the Palm probability of the random measure A^i, and the workload is the stationary solution of the fluid-queue equation. Lemma 3.5.1 is an identity in [0, ∞]. Lemma 3.5.2 assumes that E⁰_{A^i}[W(0)] and the expectation defining C_i are finite.

A formalization that makes Palm probability an opaque measure with the formulas as axioms, or that weakens predictability to adaptedness, trivializes this mission or makes it false, and is out of scope.

14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory III: Stationary Regimes of Stochastic RecurrencesTextbook

Stationary Regimes of Stochastic Recurrences

Background

Chapter 2 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory asks when a queue has a stationary regime. §§2.1–2.4 answer it for the single-server and multiserver queues by Loynes' monotone construction. §§2.5 and 2.11 answer it for the general object those constructions are instances of: a stochastic recurrence

W_{n+1} = h(W_n, ξ_n),

driven by a sequence {ξ_n} compatible with an ergodic shift θ. Two questions arise, and this mission is about both.

Exact sampling, and what "exact" means

§2.5.3 treats the finite-state case. An ergodic transition matrix on E = {1, …, r} has a stationary law π, and the classical way to sample it is to run the chain and wait. That gives a sample whose law converges to π and is never equal to it.

Coupling from the past (Propp and Wilson, 1996) does better. Run one chain from every state, all sharing a single array {ξ_k(i)} of i.i.d. uniforms indexed by time and current state, started further and further in the past. Once two chains meet they stay together, so eventually all r coalesce before time 0 — and Theorem 2.5.1 says the common value they reach has the distribution π exactly. Theorem 2.5.2 makes it practical: if the updating function preserves a partial order with a least and a greatest state, and a single uniform sequence drives every chain, the two extremal chains funnel all the others and their coalescence suffices.

Neither theorem is a statement about a program. Each says that a random variable is almost surely finite, and that another has a distribution equal to π.

Renovating events: sufficient, and then necessary

§2.5.4 treats the general case, through Borovkov's idea. An event A_n is renovating of length m when, on it, W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}) — the sequence's value m steps ahead forgets where it came from. Theorem 2.5.3 turns a condition on how often renovating events occur into the existence of a finite stationary solution Z with Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ), and into strong backwards coupling: W_n ∘ θ^{-n} is not merely convergent to Z but equal to it after a finite random index.

Corollary 2.5.1 makes the limit independent of the initial condition — one stationary regime, reached from every starting point. Theorem 2.5.4 is the converse: for ℝ₊^K-valued recurrences with a constant initial condition, strong backwards coupling produces renovating events. So the method characterises stability rather than merely detecting it.

The saturation rule

§2.11 treats the multidimensional case, where the state is a vector and the natural models are monotone and homogeneous. Theorem 2.11.1, due to Crandall and Tartar, is the key that unlocks it: under homogeneity, monotone and non-expansive are the same property. That is what puts these models within reach of Kingman's subadditive ergodic theorem, and Theorem 2.11.2 collects the payoff — asymptotic growth rates γ̄ and γ_ exist, both almost surely and in L¹, and do not depend on the initial condition.

The goal

Queueing folklore has a rule of thumb for the stability of an open network: saturate the queues fed by the external stream, measure the departure intensity µ of the saturated system, and declare the network stable when λ < µ. The book is careful that this saturation rule "does not hold for all systems".

Theorem 2.11.3 (p.166), "the main result on the stability region", proves it for Monotone-Homogeneous-Separable networks:

If lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s., then λ γ(0) ≥ 1.    If λ γ(0) > 1, then lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s.

Here γ(c) is the growth rate of the network fed by the scaled process cN, so c = 0 places every arrival at the origin: γ(0) is exactly the saturated system's rate, and µ = γ(0)⁻¹.

Two implications, with a gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 that the book leaves open — as it leaves open the critical case ρ = 1 of Loynes' theorem. Closing it would assert more than is proved.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. There is no coupling from the past, no theory of renovating events, and no Crandall–Tartar theorem. Order/Hom/* has monotone maps and Topology/MetricSpace/* has LipschitzWith 1, which is the right ambient notion for non-expansiveness in the sup-norm, but the equivalence between them under homogeneity is absent.

Formalization scope

  • The standing assumptions of §2.5.1 (p.104) are part of every §2.5.4 statement: (P⁰, θ) is ergodic and {ξ_n} is compatible with θ. The relation Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ) holds P⁰-a.s.
  • Theorem 2.5.4 is stated for {W_n^{[C]}}, the sequence its proof on p.119 builds the renovating events for. The page prints {W_n^{[0]}} in the conclusion, and that version is false. Corollary 2.5.1 uses the renovating condition of (2.5.14), W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}), where the page prints W_n.
  • Theorem 2.11.2 carries all four limits, a.s. and in expectation, for every integrable ℝ^K-valued random initial condition Y, under the book's linear lower bound E[X_n^{[0]}] > −Cn.
  • The goal is stated on the Palm space of a stationary ergodic marked point process: T_0 = 0, T_n ∘ θ = T_{n+1} − T_1, ξ_n ∘ θ = ξ_{n+1}, E⁰τ_n = λ^{-1}, E⁰Z_n < ∞. The map X satisfies (2.11.16) (it depends only on the points and marks in the index window) and the four framework assumptions for every point process. γ(0) is the a.s. limit of Z_{[-n,-1]}(0·N)/n. Dropping the marks would reduce the theorem to deterministic service, and dropping the link between the points and θ makes the second implication false. Neither is done.
  • Stating only one of the goal's two implications, or collapsing them into an equivalence, would be a different theorem. Both implications are stated, with the gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 left open.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory II: The Loynes Stability Theorem and CouplingTextbook

The Loynes Stability Theorem and Coupling

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds a calculus for stationary queues. Chapter 2 asks the prior question: when is there a stationary queue at all?

The G/G/1/∞ queue is one server at unit rate, infinite waiting room, fed by a stationary marked point process {(T_n, σ_n)} — arrival epochs and required service times. Its workload W(t), the service still owed by the server, obeys Lindley's equation between arrivals:

W(t) = (W(T_n−) + σ_n − (t − T_n))⁺,    t ∈ [T_n, T_{n+1}).                          (2.1.6)

Nothing in that equation says a solution exists on the whole line, let alone a stationary one. The answer is a sharp criterion in the traffic intensity ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0].

The goal

Theorem 2.1.1 (p.80), which the book calls "the fundamental result of stability". Under ρ < 1 there is a unique finite workload process on all of ℝ, compatible with the flow, and it is given explicitly by the Loynes supremum

W(0) = sup_{n ≤ 0} ( T_n + Σ_{i=n}^{0} σ_i )⁺ ,                                      (2.1.12)

with W(T_n−) = 0 for infinitely many negative and infinitely many positive n (2.1.13). If ρ > 1 there is no finite stationary workload process at all.

Each half earns its place. The supremum is what "the Loynes construction" means: look back from the origin, take the work brought by customers n, …, 0 less the time −T_n since elapsed, and maximise over how far back you look. The ρ > 1 half is what turns ρ < 1 from a sufficient condition into a criterion. The critical case ρ = 1 is an explicit non-result in the book — there "may or may not" be a stationary workload — and is deliberately absent from the statement.

The route, and what it produces on the way

§2.2 proves the theorem by Loynes' monotone scheme on the Palm space, and two of its steps are worth stating in their own right.

Lemma 2.2.1 (p.87) is the uniqueness engine: a non-negative, a.s. finite Z with Z − Z∘θ ∈ L¹(P⁰) has E⁰[Z − Z∘θ] = 0. Applied to the difference of two stationary solutions, it forces that difference to be invariant, and ergodicity then forces it to be zero.

Theorem 2.2.1 (p.90) runs the argument backwards. Its section is titled "Queueing Proof of the Ergodic Theorem", and it is exactly that: the queueing construction yields the pointwise ergodic theorem, in the ratio form

lim_n ( Σ_{i=0}^n σ∘θ^{-i} ) / ( Σ_{i=0}^n τ∘θ^{-i} ) = E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ],    P⁰-a.s.

Mathlib has the mean (von Neumann) ergodic theorem and no pointwise one, so this is absent substrate rather than a restatement.

Three extensions

The multiserver queue (§2.3). With s servers and the least-loaded-server rule, the state is the ordered workload vector obeying the Kiefer–Wolfowitz recurrence, and the criterion becomes E⁰[σ] < s E⁰[τ] (Theorem 2.3.1, p.93). Here uniqueness fails: p.94 exhibits a two-point space with a whole interval of stationary solutions. What survives is that the solution set is bracketed — M_∞ is minimal, and V^∞_∞ is the largest finite solution (Theorem 2.3.2, p.95).

Coupling (§2.4). Theorem 2.4.1 (p.99) is what "reaches the stationary regime" means: if a sequence couples with a θ-compatible one, then the law of its whole shifted trajectory converges in variation to the stationary trajectory's. The proof is one inequality, |P̃_{X,k} − P̃_{Z,k}| ≤ P(N > k), and the finiteness of the coupling time.

The fluid queue (§2.7). Theorem 2.7.1 (p.131) replaces customers by two θ_t-compatible random measures, the arrivals A and the service capacity C, and recovers the Loynes supremum W(t) = sup_{u ≤ t}(A_{u,t} − C_{u,t}) under λ < µ — as the minimal solution, the book claiming no uniqueness here.

Formalization scope

  • ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0] takes values in [0, ∞], so an input with E⁰_A[σ_0] = ∞ has ρ = ∞ and falls under the non-existence half rather than being read as ρ = 0.
  • The explicit formulas are carried: the Loynes supremum (2.1.12) with the boundedness of its set as a conclusion, the construction points (2.1.13), the ratio limit E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.2.1, the threshold s E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.3.1, and the fluid supremum (2.7.7).
  • Identities between random variables hold almost surely, as in the book: the workload equations, (2.1.12)–(2.1.13), (2.7.7), and the solutions of (2.3.2). A statement "for every sample point" would be false, because on a null invariant set of sample paths no finite solution exists.
  • Uniqueness in Theorem 2.1.1 is among measurable, θ_t-compatible workload processes; maximality in Theorem 2.3.2 is among measurable finite solutions; the coupling time of Theorem 2.4.1 is a random variable. A formalization that dropped the explicit supremum, or the ρ > 1 half, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out.

What this mission provides

None of it is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, single_server_queueing_convergence_of_subcritical, presupposes a stationary workload and proves two-time finite-dimensional convergence to it; Theorem 2.1.1 constructs that workload, proves it unique, gives it in closed form, and adds the non-existence half. Different conclusion, different generality, different Mathlib revision.

13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory Ib: Ergodicity and Stochastic IntensityTextbook

Ergodicity and Stochastic Intensity

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory has two halves. The first builds Palm calculus from the Matthes definition of P⁰_N and reaches the Swiss army formula. This mission is the second: §§1.6, 1.8 and 1.9, which supply the two things the rest of the book runs on.

Ergodic theory, quoted

§1.6 states, in its own words, "the ergodic theory results to be used later in this book". Five of them, and the book proves none: Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem in discrete (Theorem 1.6.1) and continuous time (Theorem 1.6.4), Kingman's sub-additive ergodic theorem (Theorem 1.6.2), and the extremal characterizations of ergodicity in both settings (Theorems 1.6.3 and 1.6.5) — ergodicity is exactly the impossibility of splitting an invariant probability into two distinct ones.

They are quoted, but they are not decoration. Kingman's theorem is what produces the asymptotic growth rates of Theorem 2.11.2 and the constant γ(c) on which the saturation rule rests. Birkhoff's theorem is what makes the time average in PASTA's (3.3.2) a well-defined object, and what the fluid Loynes theorem invokes for lim_{u→−∞}(A_{u,0} − C_{u,0}) = −∞.

None of the three analytic ones exists in Mathlib. Analysis/InnerProductSpace/MeanErgodic is the mean (von Neumann, L²) theorem, not almost-everywhere convergence, and there is no sub-additive ergodic theorem at all. The platform has neither.

Predictability, and why PASTA can be stated

§1.8 introduces the stochastic intensity: a point process N admits the (P, F_t)-intensity {λ(t)} when E[N(a,b] 1_A] = E[(∫_a^b λ(t)dt) 1_A] for A ∈ F_a. Around it sits the notion of a predictable process — one measurable with respect to the strict past.

Theorem 1.8.1 is the structural fact that makes predictability usable. For the internal history of a marked point process, every predictable process has the concrete form

Z(t, ω) = v(t, θ_t ω),    v(t, ·) F_{0−}-measurable.                                   (1.8.1)

That is why mission IV can take this form as PASTA's hypothesis rather than constructing a predictable σ-field: Theorem 1.8.1 says nothing is lost.

The goal

Theorem 1.8.2 (p.61), §1.8.4, Watanabe's characterization of Poisson processes. For a history F_t = F_t^N ∨ G and a G-measurable, locally integrable {λ(t)}, if N admits the F_t-intensity {λ(t)} then N is a G-conditional Poisson process:

E[ e^{iuN(a,b]} | G ∨ F^N_a ] = exp{ (e^{iu} − 1) ∫_a^b λ(t) dt } .                    (1.8.12)

A stochastic intensity that carries no information beyond G forces the process to be Poisson conditionally on G, with the compensator as the parameter — and the conditional characteristic function is the exact Poisson one, not an approximation. With G trivial and λ constant this is the ordinary Poisson process, which is the equivalence Remark 3.3.1 of Chapter 3 invokes to explain the name PASTA. The book: "This result plays a role in queueing theory, especially for proving that some streams in a queueing network are or are not Poissonian."

Palm probability meets stochastic intensity

§1.9 asks whether the stochastic intensity is the same under P and under P⁰_N — whether the two probabilities describe the same dynamics. Theorem 1.9.1 says yes, on ℝ₊: the same process {λ(t)} serves both.

Theorem 1.9.2 is Papangelou's theorem, and it is the deepest statement of the section: N admits a stochastic intensity if and only if P⁰_N ≪ P on F_{0−}, and then λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ the Radon–Nikodým derivative. A dynamic property and a static one turn out to be the same thing.

Theorem 1.9.3 is Mecke's characterization: N is Poisson exactly when P ≡ P⁰_N on F_{0−}. The view from a point of the process and the view from a deterministic instant agree on the strict past precisely when the process has no memory. It follows in one line from the two theorems before it.

What this mission provides

Four of the five missions in this series import the Chapter 1 substrate; this one adds the two pieces they need from its second half — ergodic theory and the stochastic intensity. Nothing here is on the platform, and Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in this form, no stochastic intensity, no pointwise ergodic theorem and no Kingman.

Formalization scope

Every result is stated in the book's strength, with the book's standing definitions as binders. A discrete flow is a bijective, measurable, P⁰-preserving map (p.46); a continuous flow is jointly measurable in (t, ω) (p.3, clause (a)). A history compatible with the flow satisfies θ_t F_s = F_{s−t} (p.57), and an F_t-intensity is a non-negative, measurable, locally integrable, adapted process (p.58). The limits of Theorems 1.6.1, 1.6.2 and 1.6.4 are asserted to exist; Kingman's constant h̄ lies in ℝ ∪ {−∞} and is identified with inf_n (1/n) E⁰[h_n], the means being extended reals so that E⁰[h_n] = −∞ is not read as 0. Theorems 1.6.3, 1.6.5, 1.9.2 and 1.9.3 are equivalences, and Theorem 1.9.2 carries the closed form λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ = dP⁰_N/dP on F_{0−}. The goal's conclusion is the exact conditional characteristic function (1.8.12); a formalization that only asserted some conditional Poisson law, or conditioned on G alone, would not be this theorem.

13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory I: The Swiss Army Formula of Palm CalculusTextbook

The Swiss Army Formula of Palm Calculus

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds the calculus that the rest of the book runs on. Its subject is the relation between two ways of looking at the same stationary system: from a clock fixed in time, and from a customer arriving into it. The two are not the same — the interval a random instant falls into is longer than a typical interval, a fact every queueing student meets as the inspection paradox — and the object that makes the difference precise is the Palm probability P⁰_N.

The chapter defines P⁰_N by the Matthes definition in terms of counting,

λ t P⁰_N(A) = E[ Σ_{n ∈ ℤ} 1_A(θ_{T_n}) 1_{(0,t]}(T_n) ],                          (1.2.1)

and everything else is a theorem about it. That ordering is deliberate here too: P⁰_N is carried in the formalization as a predicate satisfying (1.2.1), not as a measure constructed to make Mecke's formula true. If it were the latter, Mecke's formula would be a definition and the inversion formula and the goal theorem would inherit that emptiness.

From (1.2.1) the chapter derives, in order: that P⁰_N is invariant under the point shift (1.2.16); Mecke's formula (1.2.17), which the literature also knows as the generalized Campbell formula; the inversion formula of Ryll-Nardzewski and Slivnyak (1.2.25), which runs back from P⁰_N to P; the mean-value formulas (1.3.2)–(1.3.3); the Neveu exchange formula (1.3.4), which relates two point processes stationary for the same flow; and the Miyazawa rate conservation principle (1.3.10), which balances the drift of a process between its jumps against the rate at which it jumps.

The goal

§1.3.7 then collects all of them into one identity. Its name is the book's own:

Depending on which blade is selected, a Swiss army knife transforms itself into various useful tools. The formula obtained in this subsection is called the Swiss army formula of Palm calculus because it contains the main formulas of this theory, as well as some new ones.

Theorem 1.3.1 (p.29). For arrivals {T_n} with counting measure A and intensity λ_A, departures {τ_n} with counting measure D — not assumed ordered — sojourn times W_n = τ_n − T_n ≥ 0 forming a sequence of marks of A, the number in system {X(t)} with X(b) − X(a) = A((a,b]) − D((a,b]), a non-decreasing corlol integrator {B(t)} and a non-negative process {Z(t)}, all compatible with a measurable flow under which P is invariant:

λ_A E⁰_A [ ∫_(0,W_0] Z(s) dB(s) ] = (1/t) E [ ∫_(0,t] X(s−) Z(s) dB(s) ].              (1.3.28)

Selecting the blade Z ≡ 1, B(t) = t turns it into λ_A E⁰_A[W_0] = E[X(0)] — Little's law, here in its full stationary-ergodic form rather than as a deterministic sample-path identity. Other choices give the inversion formula, the Miyazawa conservation principle and the rate conservation law.

The local meaning of P⁰_N

One milestone stands slightly apart. Theorem 1.5.1 (p.45) is what licenses the whole reading of P⁰_N as "what an arriving customer sees":

lim_{t→0} sup_{A ∈ F} | P⁰_N(A) − P(θ_{T_1} ∈ A | T_1 ≤ t) | = 0.                       (1.5.3)

The supremum is inside the limit. The convergence is uniform over every measurable event, which is what Dobrushin's estimate of §1.5.1 buys and what a pointwise limit would not give.

What this mission provides

Nothing in this chapter exists on the platform or in Mathlib: not stationary marked point processes, not Palm probability, not the Campbell measure. Four of the five missions in this series import the vocabulary built here, and the two definition items — the substrate of §§1.1–1.2 and the setting of §1.3.7 — are as much of the deliverable as the theorems are.

Formalization scope

  • The flow {θ_t} is a one-parameter group with (t, ω) ↦ θ_t ω jointly measurable (p.5 (a)); a point process is its strictly increasing points {T_n}_{n ∈ ℤ} with T_0 ≤ 0 < T_1, infinitely many on each side (Hypothesis 1.1.1), with finite non-null intensity λ = E[N((0,1])].
  • P⁰_N is characterized by (1.2.1) for every t > 0, which determines it uniquely; nothing is axiomatized. A formalization that introduced P⁰_N as any measure satisfying Mecke's formula would make the milestones and the goal trivial and is ruled out.
  • Every "for all non-negative measurable" formula (Mecke, inversion, mean-value, Neveu, Wald, the goal) is stated in [0, ∞] with lower Lebesgue integrals, for all such functions, not only bounded or integrable ones.
  • Three hypotheses the book uses without listing them are explicit: the Swiss army formula assumes the integrator {B(t)} is θ_t-compatible (the proof uses it, and without it the identity fails); it is stated for t > 0, the only values at which 1/t and (0, t] give it content; and the Miyazawa principle assumes Y'(0) ∈ L¹(P), which its E[Y'(0)] presupposes.
  • Theorem 1.5.1 keeps the supremum over all events inside the limit (one δ for every A).
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach III: The Risks of the Empirical Costs Follow an Ordered Dirichlet DistributionTextbook

Motivation

A scenario program replaces an uncertain optimization problem by its worst case over finitely many sampled instances. In its simplest form it reads

min⁡ν∈Rd−1[max⁡i=1,…,Nℓ(ν,δi)],\min_{\nu\in\mathbb R^{d-1}}\Big[\max_{i=1,\dots,N}\ell(\nu,\delta_i)\Big],ν∈Rd−1min​[i=1,…,Nmax​ℓ(ν,δi​)],

where ℓ(ν,δ)\ell(\nu,\delta)ℓ(ν,δ) is the cost of a decision ν\nuν when the uncertain parameter takes the value δ\deltaδ, and δ1,…,δN\delta_1,\dots,\delta_Nδ1​,…,δN​ are independent draws from an unknown probability P\mathbb PP. The classical guarantee of the scenario approach (Campi and Garatti, 2008) bounds the probability that a new instance produces a cost above the optimal value ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗, and it does so without any knowledge of P\mathbb PP.

That guarantee concerns a single number, ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗. Two scenario programs with the same NNN and the same optimal value can look very different at the solution: in one, most sampled costs lie just below ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗; in the other, they are widely scattered. The costs that do not determine the solution still carry information about how the cost of the chosen decision is distributed on future instances. Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015) showed that this information can be extracted with the same distribution-free character as the classical result, which is the subject of this mission. It is Chapter 8, §8.1 ("Probability box") of Campi and Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach (SIAM/MOS 2018), the third mission of the series formalizing that book.

Timeline:

  • 2008: Campi and Garatti prove that the violation of the scenario solution is dominated by a beta distribution B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1), with equality for fully supported problems (doi:10.1137/07069821X).
  • 2015: Carè, Garatti and Campi prove that the risks of all empirical costs from index ddd on have a joint ordered Dirichlet law (doi:10.1137/130928546).
  • 2018: the book states the result as Theorem 8.4 and draws the probability box from it.

Setting

Let Δ\DeltaΔ be a measurable space with a probability P\mathbb PP, and ℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R\ell:\mathbb R^{d-1}\times\Delta\to\mathbb Rℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R a cost that is convex in ν\nuν for every δ\deltaδ (a standing assumption of the book). For a sample (δ1,…,δN)(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_N)(δ1​,…,δN​) of independent draws from P\mathbb PP, let ν∗\nu^*ν∗ be the solution of the program above and ℓ∗=max⁡iℓ(ν∗,δi)\ell^*=\max_i\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i)ℓ∗=maxi​ℓ(ν∗,δi​) its optimal value.

Empirical costs (Definition 8.1). Sort the costs of the solution on the sampled scenarios in decreasing order, ℓ1∗≥ℓ2∗≥⋯≥ℓN∗\ell^*_1\ge\ell^*_2\ge\dots\ge\ell^*_Nℓ1∗​≥ℓ2∗​≥⋯≥ℓN∗​; so ℓ1∗=ℓ∗\ell^*_1=\ell^*ℓ1∗​=ℓ∗.

Risk (Definition 8.2). For a decision ν\nuν and a level ℓ\ellℓ, R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}R(\nu,\ell)=\mathbb P\{\delta:\ell(\nu,\delta)>\ell\}R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}. The risk of the kkk-th empirical cost is Rk=R(ν∗,ℓk∗)R_k=R(\nu^*,\ell^*_k)Rk​=R(ν∗,ℓk∗​), and R1≤R2≤⋯≤RNR_1\le R_2\le\dots\le R_NR1​≤R2​≤⋯≤RN​.

Nondegeneracy (Definition 8.3). For every N≥dN\ge dN≥d, with probability 111, ℓd∗≠ℓd+1∗≠…≠ℓN∗\ell^*_d\ne\ell^*_{d+1}\ne\dots\ne\ell^*_Nℓd∗​=ℓd+1∗​=…=ℓN∗​. Costs with index below ddd are excluded because several scenarios typically attain the maximum at ν∗\nu^*ν∗.

Support constraints and full support (Definitions 5.1 and 5.4). In epigraph form, min⁡t\min tmint subject to t≥ℓ(ν,δi)t\ge\ell(\nu,\delta_i)t≥ℓ(ν,δi​), the constraint of scenario iii is a support constraint if removing it lowers the optimal value; the problem is fully supported if for every m≥dm\ge dm≥d the program with mmm scenarios has exactly ddd support constraints with probability 111.

The ordered Dirichlet distribution with parameters (d,1,…,1)(d,1,\dots,1)(d,1,…,1) is the law on {0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1}\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1} with density N!(d−1)!αdd−1\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\alpha_d^{d-1}(d−1)!N!​αdd−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4

Under nondegeneracy, for N≥dN\ge dN≥d and all εd,…,εN\varepsilon_d,\dots,\varepsilon_Nεd​,…,εN​,

PN{Rd≤εd,…,RN≤εN}=N!(d−1)!∫0εdαdd−1∫0εd+1 ⁣ ⁣⋯∫0εN1{0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1} dαN⋯dαd.\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon_d,\dots,R_N\le\varepsilon_N\}=\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\int_0^{\varepsilon_d}\alpha_d^{d-1}\int_0^{\varepsilon_{d+1}}\!\!\cdots\int_0^{\varepsilon_N}\mathbf 1_{\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}}\,\mathrm d\alpha_N\cdots\mathrm d\alpha_d .PN{Rd​≤εd​,…,RN​≤εN​}=(d−1)!N!​∫0εd​​αdd−1​∫0εd+1​​⋯∫0εN​​1{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1}​dαN​⋯dαd​.

This is an identity of joint distribution functions, not a bound, and it does not depend on ℓ\ellℓ or P\mathbb PP.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.7 for the min-max program: PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R(\nu^*,\ell^*)>\varepsilon\}\le\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i for ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1].
  2. Fully supported problems: ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​ with probability 111.
  3. Marginal of RdR_dRd​ (a corollary of the goal): PN{Rd≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon\}=1-\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{Rd​≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i, the beta law B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1).

Significance

The result. The theorem controls the whole distribution function of the cost ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ) of the scenario solution on a new instance, not just one quantile of it. Discarding the extreme tails of the laws of Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ yields, with a prescribed confidence 1−β1-\beta1−β, a region (the book's "probability box", Figure 8.2) that contains the entire cumulative distribution function of ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ), computed from the sample alone. The first marginal recovers the classical Theorem 3.7, since ℓ∗≥ℓd∗\ell^*\ge\ell^*_dℓ∗≥ℓd∗​ makes the risk of ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗ at most RdR_dRd​.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015); the book states it and gives no proof. No machine-checked version of the scenario approach, of its generalization theorem, or of ordered Dirichlet laws of risks is known to exist. A formalization would produce a checked proof of the distribution-free identity together with the combinatorial and measure-theoretic infrastructure (order statistics of sampled costs, laws of random risks) that the rest of scenario theory reuses. The milestones separate the classical beta bound, which is also the goal of the first mission of this series, from the new exact joint law.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt treats Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ as the order statistics of the uniform variables 1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi))1-F(\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i))1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi​)). That works only for d=1d=1d=1, when the decision space is a point and the costs are independent. For d≥2d\ge2d≥2 the decision ν∗\nu^*ν∗ is itself a function of the whole sample, so the sampled costs at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ are neither independent nor identically distributed, and the ddd-th cost is tied to the scenarios that determine the solution. The factor αdd−1\alpha_d^{d-1}αdd−1​ and the constant N!/(d−1)!N!/(d-1)!N!/(d−1)! encode exactly this dependence. Any argument must account for which scenarios are active at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ without assuming full support, since the theorem holds whether or not ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​.

Formalization scope

The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and the book's ddd is n+1n+1n+1; the sample is ω : Fin N → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ => P). Empirical costs are read from Tuple.sort with kkk counted from 111; risks are real numbers (P {δ | c < ℓ ν δ}).toReal. The right-hand side of the goal is a Lebesgue integral over the box ∏k[0,εk]\prod_k[0,\varepsilon_k]∏k​[0,εk​] intersected with the ordered simplex, stated for all real εk\varepsilon_kεk​. The solution map ω↦ν∗\omega\mapsto\nu^*ω↦ν∗ is a hypothesis-constrained function, never an arbitrary map.

Implicit hypotheses of the book pinned down in the binders:

  • ℓ(⋅,δ)\ell(\cdot,\delta)ℓ(⋅,δ) is convex for every δ\deltaδ (p. 6).
  • Existence and uniqueness of the solution of the program for every sample size m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and every sample; the book's Assumption 3.6 says "every mmm", but the program with no scenario has no solution.
  • Nondegeneracy for every sample size m≥dm\ge dm≥d, not only for the NNN of the theorem, as Definition 8.3 is written.
  • Joint measurability of (ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ)(\nu,\delta)\mapsto\ell(\nu,\delta)(ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ) and measurability of the solution map (measurability is glossed over in the book, p. 6 footnote 1 and p. 33).
  • N≥dN\ge dN≥d, and ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1] in the binomial-form statements.

A statement in which the solution is an arbitrary measurable map, or in which the nondegeneracy or existence hypothesis is unsatisfiable, would make the goal vacuous; the hypotheses here are met, for example, by ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2\ell(\nu,\delta)=\|\nu-\delta\|^2ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2 with a continuous law on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn, and for d=1d=1d=1 by any cost independent of ν\nuν with an atomless law.

A complete development needs: the scenario approach generalization theorem (reusable across this series), laws of order statistics of i.i.d. uniform variables, and the combinatorics of support sets of convex min-max programs. Proofs of the milestones, of the d=1d=1d=1 case of the goal, and of auxiliary facts about kthLargest are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM, 2018. doi:10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • A. Carè, S. Garatti, M. C. Campi, Scenario min-max optimization and the risk of empirical costs, SIAM J. Optim. 25(4):2061–2080, 2015. doi:10.1137/130928546
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM J. Optim. 19:1211–1230, 2008. doi:10.1137/07069821X
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients III: Uniform Lq-Convergence with Order 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations whose coefficients grow faster than linearly (for instance stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model) cannot be simulated with the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden showed that its moments diverge when the drift or diffusion grows superlinearly (Proc. R. Soc. A, 2011). Implicit schemes avoid the divergence but require solving a nonlinear equation at every step. Tamed Euler schemes keep the scheme explicit and damp the coefficients by a factor depending on the step size.

  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce a tamed Euler scheme for SDEs with superlinearly growing drift (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012).
  • 2013: Sabanis extends the taming analysis for superlinearly growing drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013, MR3070913).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen survey explicit schemes for non-globally Lipschitz coefficients (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015); for the 3/2-model their results give Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without rate only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2, as Sabanis (2016, p. 2) notes.
  • 2016: Sabanis (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016, arXiv:1308.1796v4) treats schemes with varying coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, covering superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, and proves Lp\mathcal L^pLp convergence (Theorem 1), the Lp\mathcal L^pLp rate 1/2 (Theorem 2) and the uniform Lq\mathcal L^qLq rate 1/2 (Theorem 3). A motivating example is the ddd-dimensional analogue of the 3/2-model of stochastic volatility, dX=λX(μ−∣X∣) dt+ξ∣X∣3/2 dWdX=\lambda X(\mu-|X|)\,dt+\xi|X|^{3/2}\,dWdX=λX(μ−∣X∣)dt+ξ∣X∣3/2dW, used for pricing VIX options.

Theorem 3 is the target here; Theorems 1 and 2 are the targets of companion missions.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, and exponents p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix AAA, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm; xyxyxy is the scalar product. The coefficients are Borel functions b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​, and the SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0). With κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the scheme (2.2) is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=X(0),dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=X(0),dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=X(0),

and in this mission bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ are the tamed coefficients of Model 2 with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2:

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l.b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l}.bn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.

The conditions used are: A-2, local boundedness of bbb on balls; A-4, the coercivity bound 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5, E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞; and A-6, the global monotonicity

2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2

together with the polynomial Lipschitz bound ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣, with l,L>0l,L>0l,L>0. The p\mathfrak pp-condition asks l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​ and a moment exponent ppp with 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​ and p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6 and the p\mathfrak pp-condition, for every 0<q<p0<q<p0<q<p there is CCC independent of nnn with

E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X(t)-X_n(t)|^q\Big]\le Cn^{-q/2},\qquad n\ge1.\qquad(2.14)E[0≤t≤Tsup​∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)

The supremum is inside the expectation, which distinguishes it from Theorem 2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): the moments of XXX and of XnX_nXn​ up to order p0p_0p0​ are bounded on [0,T][0,T][0,T] uniformly in nnn (for general coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3).
  2. Lemma 5 (p. 19): the Gyöngy–Krylov maximal inequality. If nonnegative continuous adapted f,gf,gf,g satisfy E[fτ1{g0≤c}]≤E[gτ1{g0≤c}]\mathbb E[f_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]\le\mathbb E[g_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]E[fτ​1{g0​≤c}​]≤E[gτ​1{g0​≤c}​] for all c>0c>0c>0 and stopping times τ≤T\tau\le Tτ≤T, then
E[sup⁡t≤τftγ]≤2−γ1−γ E[sup⁡t≤τgtγ],γ∈(0,1).\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}f_t^\gamma\Big]\le\frac{2-\gamma}{1-\gamma}\,\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}g_t^\gamma\Big],\qquad\gamma\in(0,1).E[t≤τsup​ftγ​]≤1−γ2−γ​E[t≤τsup​gtγ​],γ∈(0,1).
  1. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}sup0≤t≤T​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): the taming errors E∫0T∣b−bn∣p(s,Xn(κn(s))) ds\mathbb E\int_0^T|b-b_n|^p(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))\,dsE∫0T​∣b−bn​∣p(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))ds and the analogue for σ\sigmaσ are ≤Cn−αp\le Cn^{-\alpha p}≤Cn−αp.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives the optimal strong rate 1/2 for an explicit scheme, uniformly over the time interval, for SDEs whose diffusion coefficient may grow superlinearly. Uniform-in-time error bounds are what pathwise functionals need (running maxima, barrier options, hitting times), and via Borel–Cantelli they give the almost-sure rate of Corollary 1 in the paper. Lemma 5 is a general-purpose tool: a domination inequality of Lenglart type, used throughout stochastic analysis to pass from bounds at stopping times to bounds on running suprema.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them has been formalized. Formalizing them would produce the first machine-checked convergence rate of a numerical scheme for SDEs, and a Lean proof of a Lenglart-type inequality, which Mathlib does not currently contain.

Difficulty

The error X−XnX-X_nX−Xn​ is controlled by the monotonicity condition A-6, which is one-sided: it bounds 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))2(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y)) from above but gives no Lipschitz bound on bbb or σ\sigmaσ with a constant independent of ∣x∣,∣y∣|x|,|y|∣x∣,∣y∣. The first idea, estimating Esup⁡t∣X−Xn∣p\mathbb E\sup_t|X-X_n|^pEsupt​∣X−Xn​∣p directly by applying the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality to the martingale part of the error equation, therefore does not close: it produces terms of the same order as the quantity being estimated, weighted by polynomial factors in ∣X∣|X|∣X∣ and ∣Xn∣|X_n|∣Xn​∣, and the argument that gives Theorem 2 controls E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p only for fixed ttt. Passing from fixed times to the supremum is what forces the loss from ppp to q<pq<pq<p in Theorem 3, and it is where Lemma 5 enters. On the formal side, the Itô integral against Brownian motion, Itô's formula for functions of multidimensional Itô processes and the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Processes are indexed by t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) with values in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. The stochastic integral is the Ethier–Kurtz platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise, with integrands cut off after TTT. Solutions are hypotheses: the theorems apply to any solution XXX of (2.1) and any family (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ of solutions of (2.2) on one probability space with one WWW and one X(0)X(0)X(0); existence is not claimed. Processes are required to be adapted to the filtration augmented by null sets (weaker than a complete filtration), the filtration is right-continuous, and nothing is required after TTT. Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement holds through an integral defaulting to 000. Constants CCC depend on everything except nnn (and, in Theorem 3, may depend on qqq); only n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is used, and q>0q>0q>0, p>0p>0p>0 follow the paper's Lp\mathcal L^pLp convention.

Two hypotheses are added to the printed statements, both because the printed proofs need them:

  • p1>2p_1>2p1​>2 in Theorem 3. The proof applies Itô's formula for p≥2p\ge2p≥2; an admissible p<2p<2p<2 is handled through p′=2p'=2p′=2, which satisfies the p\mathfrak pp-condition exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2.
  • B-3 in Lemma 4. The proof uses moment bounds uniform in nnn (Lemma 2), which need B-3. Model 2 satisfies B-3.

Lemma 2 drops the dependence clause C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and asserts only finiteness. Lemma 5 assumes neither that ggg is nondecreasing nor anything beyond the printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the supremum sits inside a Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so the goal cannot hold because of a junk value, and the hypotheses are satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions), which a sorry-free check confirms.

Needed infrastructure: Itô's formula for multidimensional Itô processes, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (for Lemma 4), Gronwall's inequality in integral form, and stopping-time localisation for continuous adapted processes. Contributions to any of these are welcome, and all are reusable far beyond this mission. Lemma 5 is independent of the SDE part and can be attacked first.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2083–2105, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AAP1140 — arXiv:1308.1796v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796v4
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 1563–1576, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22(4), 1611–1641, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015 (reference [5] of the paper).
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013. MR3070913
  • I. Gyöngy, N. V. Krylov, On the rate of convergence of splitting-up approximations for SPDEs, in Stochastic Inequalities and Applications, Progr. Probab. 56, 301–321, Birkhäuser, 2003 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR2073438
  • N. V. Krylov, Introduction to the Theory of Diffusion Processes, Transl. Math. Monographs 142, AMS, 1995 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR1311478
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients II: Strong Order 1/2 in Lp for Superlinearly Growing Diffusion CoefficientsResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations with superlinearly growing coefficients appear throughout applied probability: population models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with polynomial potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options, whose diffusion coefficient grows like ∣x∣3/2|x|^{3/2}∣x∣3/2. For such equations the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama method fails: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2011) proved that its ppp-th moments diverge whenever a coefficient grows superlinearly, so it cannot converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit methods converge (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002) but cost a nonlinear solve per step.

The tamed Euler schemes are the explicit response.

  • Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2012) tamed a superlinear drift and proved strong order 1/21/21/2 for globally Lipschitz diffusion coefficients.
  • Sabanis (2013) gave a simpler proof for a family of tamed drifts.
  • Hutzenthaler and Jentzen (2015) treated superlinear diffusion coefficients, obtaining Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate and only for small ppp.
  • Sabanis (2016), the source of this mission, tames drift and diffusion together and proves the optimal strong rate 1/21/21/2 in Lp\mathcal L^pLp under a one-sided (monotonicity) condition and polynomial growth. For the 3/2-model with p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6 this gives L2\mathcal L^2L2-convergence with order 1/21/21/2, which earlier results did not cover (p. 2).

This mission is the second of three on the paper. Mission I formalizes Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate (Theorem 1), mission III the uniform-in-time rate (Theorem 3).

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) with right-continuous filtration, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions d,d1d,d_1d,d1​, and a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW: a standard Brownian motion adapted to {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​} whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​. The coefficients are Borel maps b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​; ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ the Hilbert–Schmidt norm, xyxyxy the scalar product. The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)=ξX(0)=\xiX(0)=ξ. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n and consider the scheme

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=ξ,(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=\xi,\qquad(2.2)dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=ξ,(2.2)

whose coefficients are frozen at the last grid point, so that XnX_nXn​ is computable step by step. The tamed coefficients of Model 2 are

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l.(2.11)–(2.12)b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l}.\qquad(2.11)\text{–}(2.12)bn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.(2.11)–(2.12)

The hypotheses, with constants p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2:

  • A-2: bbb is bounded on balls, uniformly in t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T].
  • A-4 (coercivity): 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2).
  • A-5: E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞.
  • A-6 (global monotonicity, polynomial growth): for positive lll and LLL, 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2 and ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣.
  • The p\mathfrak pp-condition: the scheme uses (2.11)–(2.12) with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​, and 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​, p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.
  • B-2 and B-3 (for the milestones): ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣), ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2), and A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ with a constant uniform in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6, the p\mathfrak pp-condition and p1>2p_1>2p1​>2, there is a constant CCC independent of nnn with

sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]\le Cn^{-p/2}\qquad(n\ge1).\qquad(2.13)0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)

The constant is existential and may depend on all data except nnn.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): sup⁡tE∣X(t)∣p\sup_t\mathbb E|X(t)|^psupt​E∣X(t)∣p and sup⁡n≥1sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)∣p\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^psupn≥1​supt​E∣Xn​(t)∣p are finite for 0<p≤p00<p\le p_00<p≤p0​, under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): for Model 2, E∫0T∣b(s,Xn(κn(s)))−bn(s,Xn(κn(s)))∣p ds≤Cn−αp\mathbb E\int_0^T|b(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))-b_n(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))|^p\,ds\le Cn^{-\alpha p}E∫0T​∣b(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))−bn​(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))∣pds≤Cn−αp, and the same for σ\sigmaσ.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}supt​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that an explicit scheme costing one coefficient evaluation per step attains the same strong order as the classical Euler method under global Lipschitz conditions. It does so for drift and diffusion coefficients that grow polynomially, and for moment orders ppp that are small relative to p0p_0p0​ and p1p_1p1​. Strong Lp\mathcal L^pLp rates are what multilevel Monte Carlo needs: the variance of level corrections is controlled by the L2\mathcal L^2L2 rate. When lll could be taken to be 000 the statement specializes to the classical globally Lipschitz rate (Remark 6).

The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof. Stochastic integrals are not in Mathlib; this mission uses the Brownian Itô-integral relation published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on the platform. A formal proof would give the first verified strong convergence rate for any Euler-type scheme. Along the way it produces reusable moment bounds for tamed schemes and the LpL^pLp control of one-step increments.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Itô's formula to ∣X−Xn∣p|X-X_n|^p∣X−Xn​∣p and closes a Gronwall inequality. Two steps of it fail without taming. First, the error splits into the monotone part, handled by A-6, and cross terms such as ∣Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s))∣p|X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s))|^p∣Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s))∣p multiplied by (1+∣Xn∣2l)p/2(1+|X_n|^{2l})^{p/2}(1+∣Xn​∣2l)p/2; they are controlled only through moments of XnX_nXn​ of order well above ppp that are uniform in nnn, which the untamed scheme lacks. Second, the taming itself introduces an error b−bnb-b_nb−bn​ that must be shown to be O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2) in Lp\mathcal L^pLp and not merely o(1)o(1)o(1). The exponents in the p\mathfrak pp-condition are exactly what the Hölder splittings of these two terms require.

Formalization scope

  • Processes. Solutions are hypotheses, not constructed: XXX solves (2.1) and each XnX_nXn​ solves (2.2), on one probability space, with one WWW and one ξ\xiξ, on [0,T][0,T][0,T] only. An Itô process is a measurable process adapted to the null-set completion of the filtration, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], and a.s. for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T simultaneously X(t)=ξ+∫0tB ds+∫0tS dWX(t)=\xi+\int_0^t B\,ds+\int_0^t S\,dWX(t)=ξ+∫0t​Bds+∫0t​SdW. The stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, with the integrand cut off after TTT.
  • Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (lower Lebesgue integrals), so no junk value of a non-integrable Bochner integral or of an unbounded real supremum enters. Rates are stated as ≤Cn−p/2\le Cn^{-p/2}≤Cn−p/2 for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with CCC real and quantified after all data.
  • Added hypotheses, disclosed. Theorem 2 carries p1>2p_1>2p1​>2: the printed proof covers 2≤p<p12\le p<p_12≤p<p1​ and reduces p<2p<2p<2 to p=2p=2p=2, which the p\mathfrak pp-condition admits exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2. Lemma 4 carries B-3, which its proof uses through Lemma 2. Lemma 2 drops the stated dependence of CCC on (p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and keeps only its finiteness uniformly in nnn.
  • Ruling out trivialization. The hypotheses are satisfiable, e.g. by b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0 with constant solutions and p0=6p_0=6p0​=6, p1=3p_1=3p1​=3, l=1l=1l=1, p=2p=2p=2. The rate is a bound for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, not an eventual or o(1)o(1)o(1) statement. A proof that uses a constant depending on nnn, or treats only X≡XnX\equiv X_nX≡Xn​, does not prove the goal.
  • Infrastructure needed: Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p against the platform's Itô integral, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (or its Lp\mathcal L^pLp moment form), the zero-expectation property of Itô integrals of square-integrable integrands, and Gronwall's lemma in integral form. These are reusable far beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients I: Lp-Convergence of Explicit Euler Schemes under Local MonotonicityResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations (SDEs) whose coefficients grow faster than linearly appear throughout applied probability: population and epidemic models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with non-quadratic potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options (Goard–Mazur 2013). Their solutions are almost never available in closed form, so they are simulated, and the method of choice is the explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme, because it is cheap and easy to implement.

For superlinearly growing coefficients the classical explicit scheme fails: its moments can diverge even when those of the true solution are finite, so it does not converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit schemes repair this at a higher computational cost (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002). A second repair is to keep the scheme explicit but modify ("tame") its coefficients by an amount that vanishes as the step size goes to zero.

Timeline.

  • 2002: Higham, Mao and Stuart prove strong convergence of implicit Euler-type methods under a one-sided Lipschitz condition (MR1949404).
  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce the tamed Euler scheme for superlinearly growing drift and globally Lipschitz diffusion (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, MR2985171).
  • 2013: Sabanis gives a short proof of convergence of tamed schemes with rate, again for superlinear drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, MR3070913); Gyöngy and Sabanis prove convergence in probability of Euler approximations under local monotonicity conditions (Appl. Math. Optim. 68, MR3131501).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen obtain Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of explicit schemes with superlinear diffusion coefficients, in the 3/2-model only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112).
  • 2016: Sabanis treats superlinearly growing drift and diffusion coefficients under a local monotonicity condition, with Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence for every p<p0p<p_0p<p0​ (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26, arXiv:1308.1796). This mission formalizes that Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence theorem.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a Wiener martingale WWW in Rd1\mathbb R^{d_1}Rd1​ (a standard Brownian motion adapted to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​), and a horizon T>0T>0T>0. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm and xyxyxy the scalar product; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm.

The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.1}dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with Borel coefficients b(t,x)∈Rdb(t,x)\in\mathbb R^db(t,x)∈Rd, σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1\sigma(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1​ and an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0).

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the last grid point of mesh 1/n1/n1/n before ttt. The scheme is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.2}dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)

with the same initial value X(0)X(0)X(0) and Borel coefficient sequences bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ ("varying coefficients"). Between grid points the coefficients are frozen at Xn(κn(t))X_n(\kappa_n(t))Xn​(κn​(t)), so the scheme is explicit.

The hypotheses, with p0,p1∈[2,∞)p_0,p_1\in[2,\infty)p0​,p1​∈[2,∞): A-1 continuity of bbb in xxx; A-2 local boundedness of bbb; A-3 local monotonicity 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L_R|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR​∣x−y∣2 on ∣x∣,∣y∣≤R|x|,|y|\le R∣x∣,∣y∣≤R; A-4 coercivity 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5 E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞. For the scheme: B-1 ∫0Tsup⁡∣x∣≤R[∣bn−b∣p0+∣σn−σ∣p0] dt→0\int_0^T\sup_{|x|\le R}[|b_n-b|^{p_0}+|\sigma_n-\sigma|^{p_0}]\,dt\to0∫0T​sup∣x∣≤R​[∣bn​−b∣p0​+∣σn​−σ∣p0​]dt→0 for every RRR; B-2 ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣) and ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2) for some α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2]; B-3 the coercivity bound of A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, uniformly in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

Under A-1–A-5 and B-1–B-3 with α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2], for every 0<p<p00<p<p_00<p<p0​,

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]=0.\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]=0.n→∞lim​0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]=0.

No rate is claimed; the statement holds for every coefficient sequence satisfying B-1–B-3, not only for the paper's tamed Models 1 and 2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 7): under A-5, B-2, B-3, sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤u≤TE∣Xn(u)∣2<∞\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le u\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(u)|^2<\inftysupn≥1​sup0≤u≤T​E∣Xn​(u)∣2<∞.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 8): under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3, for every p≤p0p\le p_0p≤p0​,
sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣X(t)∣p ∨ sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)∣p<∞.\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X(t)|^p\ \vee\ \sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^p<\infty.0≤t≤Tsup​E∣X(t)∣p ∨ n≥1sup​0≤t≤Tsup​E∣Xn​(t)∣p<∞.
  • Theorem 4 (p. 6): under A-1–A-4 and B-1, sup⁡0≤t≤T∣Xn(t)−X(t)∣→0\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X_n(t)-X(t)|\to0sup0≤t≤T​∣Xn​(t)−X(t)∣→0 in probability.

Significance

Theorem 1 gives Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of a whole class of explicit schemes, with no global Lipschitz condition on either coefficient, for every ppp below the coercivity order p0p_0p0​. In the 3/2-model of the introduction (p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6), earlier explicit results gave Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Hutzenthaler–Jentzen 2015, §4.10.3); Theorem 1 gives it for all p<6p<6p<6. The theorem is also the qualitative base on which the paper's rate results (Theorems 2 and 3, separate missions of this series) are built, and it justifies Monte Carlo estimates of moments computed with such schemes.

The result is proved in the paper. It has, to our knowledge, no machine-checked proof anywhere; Mathlib has Brownian motion but no stochastic integral, and the Itô integral used here is the relational definition published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on this platform. A formal proof needs Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p, Gronwall's lemma for moment functions, the convergence in probability of Theorem 4 (which the paper cites from Gyöngy–Sabanis rather than proving), and a uniform-integrability argument. Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The natural first idea, estimating E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p directly by Itô's formula and Gronwall, fails: under only local monotonicity the difference of drifts cannot be bounded by ∣X−Xn∣|X-X_n|∣X−Xn​∣ with a constant uniform in the state, so the Gronwall constant blows up. The route through convergence in probability and uniform moment bounds is forced, and the hard step is Lemma 2: bounding E∣Xn(t)∣p0\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^{p_0}E∣Xn​(t)∣p0​ uniformly in nnn. The coefficients of the scheme may grow like nαn^\alphanα, and the frozen argument Xn(κn(s))X_n(\kappa_n(s))Xn​(κn​(s)) produces a correction term E∫∣Xn(s)∣p0−2(Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s)))bn ds\mathbb E\int|X_n(s)|^{p_0-2}(X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s)))b_n\,dsE∫∣Xn​(s)∣p0​−2(Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s)))bn​ds whose control is exactly where the restriction α≤1/2\alpha\le1/2α≤1/2 enters. For fixed nnn finiteness of moments is easy (linear growth); uniformity in nnn is the content.

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. Time is ℝ≥0; coefficients are uncurried maps on ℝ≥0 × ℝ^d, assumed Borel measurable. An Itô process on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a measurable process, adapted to the filtration augmented by all PPP-null sets, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], satisfying the integral equation almost surely simultaneously for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T; the stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise with the integrand cut off after TTT. Nothing is required of the processes after TTT, so no existence beyond the horizon is assumed. Right-continuity of the filtration is a hypothesis; completeness is replaced by adaptedness to the augmented filtration, which is weaker, so the formal theorems are at least as strong as the paper's.

The solutions XXX and (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ are hypotheses, all on one probability space with one Wiener process and one initial value; the theorems do not construct them. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and suprema over ttt are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement can hold because an expectation or a supremum takes a default value. B-1's integrand, a supremum over an uncountable ball, is required to be a.e. measurable in ttt, as the paper's Lebesgue integral presupposes. The exponent in Theorem 1 and Lemma 2 is restricted to p>0p>0p>0, the paper's convention for Lp\mathcal L^pLp. The dependence clauses "C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)C:=C(T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^2)C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)" (Lemma 1) and "C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C:=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)" (Lemma 2) are not formalized: only finiteness, i.e. a bound independent of nnn, is stated, which is what the proofs establish. Theorem 4 is stated with exactly its printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization, in which the moment bounds or the limit hold because the expectation or the supremum defaults to 000, or because the hypotheses on the solutions cannot be met, is ruled out: all quantities live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and a sorry-free check shows every hypothesis is satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions).

Contributions welcome: Itô's formula for the platform's integral relation, Burkholder–Davis–Gundy or Doob inequalities for it, a Gronwall lemma for measurable moment functions, and the Gyöngy–Sabanis convergence-in-probability theorem.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • I. Gyöngy, S. Sabanis, A note on Euler approximations for stochastic differential equations with delay, Appl. Math. Optim. 68, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3131501
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice: The Competitive Ratio of Predictive MarkerResearch Paper

Motivation

Caching (online paging) is one of the oldest problems in online algorithms: a fast memory of kkk slots serves a sequence of requests, and every request for an element not in the fast memory is a cache miss that forces the element to be loaded, possibly evicting another one. With the whole request sequence known in advance, evicting the element whose next request is furthest in the future is optimal (Bélády, 1966). Without that knowledge, no deterministic algorithm is better than kkk-competitive, and the best randomized algorithms are Θ(log⁡k)\Theta(\log k)Θ(logk)-competitive (Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young, 1991).

Lykouris and Vassilvitskii asked what happens in between: an online algorithm receives, with every request, a machine-learned prediction of the element's next arrival time. A good predictor should make the algorithm nearly as good as Bélády's rule (consistency), and a bad predictor should never make it worse than a classical algorithm (robustness). Their paper (arXiv:1802.05399v4; J. ACM 2021) is one of the founding papers of learning-augmented algorithms, and its algorithm, Predictive Marker, is the reference point for the later literature on caching with predictions.

Timeline.

  • 1966: Bélády's furthest-in-future rule is optimal offline.
  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan show that deterministic online paging is at best kkk-competitive.
  • 1991: Fiat et al. introduce the Marker algorithm, 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, and the clean-element lower bound on the optimum.
  • 2018: Lykouris and Vassilvitskii (arXiv:1802.05399) introduce Predictive Marker, with ratio 2min⁡(1+2Sℓ(ϵ),2Hk)2\min(1+2S_\ell(\epsilon), 2H_k)2min(1+2Sℓ​(ϵ),2Hk​) for an ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictor.
  • 2020: Rohatgi (arXiv:1910.12172, SODA 2020) and Wei (arXiv:2005.13716, APPROX/RANDOM 2020) improve the dependence on the error.

Setting

A request sequence σ=(z1,…,zn)\sigma = (z_1, \dots, z_n)σ=(z1​,…,zn​) lists elements of a set ZZZ. A cache of size k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 starts empty. A request for a cached element is a hit; otherwise it is a miss, the element is loaded, and if the cache is full some element is evicted first. The offline optimum Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ) is the least number of misses over all eviction schedules chosen with knowledge of σ\sigmaσ.

With each request ziz_izi​ the algorithm receives a real prediction hih_ihi​. The true label yiy_iyi​ is the position of the next request of ziz_izi​, or n+1n+1n+1 if there is none. For a loss function ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0ℓ≥0, the error of the predictions is ηℓ(h,σ)=∑iℓ(yi,hi)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) = \sum_i \ell(y_i, h_i)ηℓ​(h,σ)=∑i​ℓ(yi​,hi​), and the predictions are ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate when ηℓ(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) \le \epsilon \cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ).

The spread of ℓ\ellℓ measures how cheaply a predictor can get the order of arrivals completely wrong: Sℓ(m)S_\ell(m)Sℓ​(m) is the least length T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 such that every strictly increasing integer sequence a1<⋯<aTa_1 < \dots < a_Ta1​<⋯<aT​ and every non-increasing real sequence b1≥⋯≥bTb_1 \ge \dots \ge b_Tb1​≥⋯≥bT​ have total loss ∑iℓ(ai,bi)≥m\sum_i \ell(a_i, b_i) \ge m∑i​ℓ(ai​,bi​)≥m.

Predictive Marker (Algorithm 1) works in the phases of the Marker algorithm. Requested elements are marked. A phase ends when the cache is full, every cached element is marked, and a miss occurs; then all marks are removed. An element requested in a phase but not in the previous one is clean, and Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) is the total number of clean elements. Each clean miss starts a chain. An element evicted in the current phase that is requested again (a stale miss) extends the chain in which it was evicted. Evictions are among unmarked elements. As long as the chain's length n(r,c)n(r,c)n(r,c) is at most Hk=1+12+⋯+1kH_k = 1 + \tfrac12 + \dots + \tfrac1kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​, the evicted element is one with the largest prediction. After that it is chosen uniformly at random. The expected number of misses of Predictive Marker is costPM(σ)\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)costPM​(σ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If SSS is concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and majorizes the spread, then for every ϵ≥0\epsilon \ge 0ϵ≥0, every tie-breaking rule, and every sequence with ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictions,

E[costPM(σ)]≤2⋅min⁡(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk)⋅Opt(σ).\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)\bigr] \le 2\cdot\min\bigl(1 + 2S(\epsilon),\ 2H_k\bigr)\cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma).E[costPM​(σ)]≤2⋅min(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk​)⋅Opt(σ).

Milestones

  • Claim 1 (Fiat et al.): Q(σ)≤2 Opt(σ)Q(\sigma) \le 2\,\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Q(σ)≤2Opt(σ).
  • Proof of Theorem 3.3, last sentence: Opt(σ)≤Q(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) \le Q(\sigma)Opt(σ)≤Q(σ).
  • Lemma 3.3: a chain that evicts by the predictions only has length n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c)n(r,c) \le 1 + S(\eta_{r,c})n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c​), where ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is the error of the predictions on the elements evicted into it.
  • Lemma 3.4: E[n(r,c)]≤E[min⁡(1+2S(ηr,c),2Hk)]\mathbb E[n(r,c)] \le \mathbb E[\min(1 + 2S(\eta_{r,c}), 2H_k)]E[n(r,c)]≤E[min(1+2S(ηr,c​),2Hk​)].

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 gives both guarantees at once. For an exact predictor (ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0) the ratio is a constant, 2(1+2S(0))2(1 + 2S(0))2(1+2S(0)), independent of kkk; for an arbitrary predictor it is 4Hk4H_k4Hk​, within a constant factor of the optimal randomized ratio. In between, the ratio degrades with the error at the rate of the spread: for the absolute loss the spread grows like m\sqrt mm​, so the ratio grows like ϵ\sqrt\epsilonϵ​. The spread and the chain decomposition are the tools later papers build on to trade consistency against robustness.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it, of the Marker analysis, or of the clean-element bound of Fiat et al. is known. A formalization supplies a precise model of a randomized online algorithm with predictions. It also settles the details the paper leaves implicit: the eviction missing from the clean branch of Algorithm 1 as printed, the cap 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ printed as 2log⁡k2\log k2logk in Lemma 3.4, and the behaviour of the spread at 000.

Difficulty

The obvious argument charges every miss to a chain and bounds each chain separately. That works for chains that follow the predictions, but a chain that switches to random evictions interacts with every other chain of the phase, because all of them evict from the same pool of unmarked elements. A bound on its expected length must hold whatever the other chains evict, including evictions that depend on earlier coin flips. A second difficulty is summing. The chain errors ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ and the chain lengths are both random, while the hypothesis controls only the total error ηℓ(h,σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ) against Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ), not the number of chains Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) in which the error is spread.

Formalization scope

Elements form a type with decidable equality. A request sequence is a list; predictions are one real per request, and every real sequence is allowed. Labels are 1-based next-arrival positions, with n+1n+1n+1 for elements never requested again. The paper prints the label with equal features; the element is meant. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is computed as the minimum over all demand-paging schedules from the empty cache, which loses no generality. HkH_kHk​ is harmonic k as a real number, never log⁡k\log klogk.

Predictive Marker is a PMF over final states. The random eviction of line 21 is uniform over the unmarked cached elements, and ties in the arg max are a parameter quantified universally. The eviction of lines 23–24 is also performed after a clean miss; as printed, it sits only in the stale branch. The expected cost lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

The spread takes real arguments and lengths T≥1T \ge 1T≥1. SSS must be concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), finite, and at least the spread. It must also be continuous at 000, which the paper does not say: without it the chain lemma fails for losses whose minimal reversed-order loss stays 000 over several lengths. ϵ\epsilonϵ-accuracy is the pointwise condition on the given pair (σ,h)(\sigma, h)(σ,h). The competitive ratio is written as a product, so Opt(σ)=0\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) = 0Opt(σ)=0 needs no special case. Lemma 3.3 is stated pointwise for chains without random evictions, as its proof shows. Lemma 3.4 has 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ in place of the printed 2log⁡k2\log k2logk, with the minimum inside the expectation because ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is random.

The statement must not be trivialized. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is the true offline optimum, not Bélády's rule applied to the predictions. The expectation is taken over Predictive Marker's own run, never compared with itself. The spread hypothesis is satisfiable; for example, the constant loss 111 has spread max⁡(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1\max(1,\lceil m\rceil) \le m + 1max(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1.

Out of scope: Lemma 3.2 (the special-marking algorithm SM, which enters only through Lemma 3.4's proof); Lemma 3.1 and Corollaries 1–2, whose printed constants are false for small mmm or disagree with Theorem 3.3; the lower bounds of §3.1 and §3.4; the extensions of §4; the experiments of §5; running time and learnability.

Welcome contributions: the Marker phase structure and its equivalence with the combinatorial phases, the clean-element bounds Q/2≤Opt≤QQ/2 \le \mathrm{Opt} \le QQ/2≤Opt≤Q (reusable for any marking algorithm), and a bound on the expected number of misses caused by elements evicted uniformly at random within a phase.

Selected references

  • T. Lykouris, S. Vassilvitskii, Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice, arXiv:1802.05399v4, 2020; J. ACM 68(4), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.05399v4
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive paging algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • L. A. Bélády, A study of replacement algorithms for a virtual-storage computer, IBM Systems Journal 5(2), 1966. https://doi.org/10.1147/sj.52.0078
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized efficiency of list update and paging rules, Comm. ACM 28(2), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • D. Rohatgi, Near-optimal bounds for online caching with machine learned advice, SODA 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1910.12172
  • A. Wei, Better and simpler learning-augmented online caching, APPROX/RANDOM 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.13716
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions 2: jump-diffusion heavy-traffic limit for long up and down timesResearch Paper

Motivation

Servers in manufacturing lines, communication links and service systems break down, are taken offline for maintenance, or go on vacation. When the interruptions are rare but long, they dominate congestion. A single down period can build a backlog that takes a long time to clear, and in a network that backlog propagates downstream. Standard heavy-traffic diffusion approximations, which describe queue lengths by reflected Brownian motion, do not capture this effect.

Chen and Whitt (Queueing Systems 13, 1993) identify a regime in which the effect survives in the limit. Up times are of order nnn and down times of order n\sqrt nn​, while the load is within 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ of capacity. Under the diffusion scaling each down period then becomes a jump, and the limit of the queue-length process is a reflected jump-diffusion. The paper generalises the single-station result of Kella and Whitt (Adv. Appl. Probab. 22, 1990; reference [22] of the paper) to open networks.

Timeline:

  • 1981: Harrison and Reiman define the multidimensional reflection map on continuous paths (Ann. Probab. 9). Reiman (Math. Oper. Res. 9, 1984) extends it to paths with jumps.
  • 1990: Kella and Whitt prove the one-station jump-diffusion limit for long up and down times.
  • 1991: Chen and Mandelbaum give fluid and diffusion limits of open networks without interruptions (Math. Oper. Res. 16 and Ann. Probab. 19; references [5], [6] of the paper).
  • 1993: Chen and Whitt prove the network case with interruptions (this mission), in Skorohod's M1M_1M1​ topology.

Setting

A network has JJJ single-server stations. Customers arrive from outside station jjj according to a counting process AjA_jAj​. Station jjj completes Sj(t)S_j(t)Sj​(t) services in its first ttt units of busy time. The lllth departure from station kkk is routed to station jjj when the indicator χkj(l)=1\chi_{kj}(l)=1χkj​(l)=1, and Rkj(m)=∑l≤mχkj(l)R_{kj}(m)=\sum_{l\le m}\chi_{kj}(l)Rkj​(m)=∑l≤m​χkj​(l) counts such departures. Station jjj alternates up periods u1j,u2j,…u^j_1,u^j_2,\dotsu1j​,u2j​,… and down periods d1j,d2j,…d^j_1,d^j_2,\dotsd1j​,d2j​,…, starting up, and Dj(t)D_j(t)Dj​(t) is its cumulative down time in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. With a work-conserving discipline, the queue length ZZZ and the busy time BBB satisfy

Zj(t)=Zj(0)+Aj(t)+∑kRkj(Sk(Bk(t)))−Sj(Bj(t)),Bj(t)=∫0t1[Zj(s)>0, j up at s] ds,Z_j(t)=Z_j(0)+A_j(t)+\sum_{k}R_{kj}\big(S_k(B_k(t))\big)-S_j(B_j(t)),\qquad B_j(t)=\int_0^t 1[Z_j(s)>0,\ j\text{ up at }s]\,ds ,Zj​(t)=Zj​(0)+Aj​(t)+k∑​Rkj​(Sk​(Bk​(t)))−Sj​(Bj​(t)),Bj​(t)=∫0t​1[Zj​(s)>0, j up at s]ds,

and the idle time is Yj(t)=t−Dj(t)−Bj(t)Y_j(t)=t-D_j(t)-B_j(t)Yj​(t)=t−Dj​(t)−Bj​(t).

The reflection map (ψ,ϕ)(\psi,\phi)(ψ,ϕ) associated with a matrix QQQ takes a path xxx to the pair (y,z)(y,z)(y,z) with z=x+(I−Q)y≥0z=x+(I-Q)y\ge 0z=x+(I−Q)y≥0, yyy nondecreasing, and yjy_jyj​ increasing only when zj=0z_j=0zj​=0.

A sequence of networks is indexed by nnn. The arrival, service and routing processes satisfy functional central limit theorems with rates λn→λ\lambda^n\to\lambdaλn→λ and μn→μ\mu^n\to\muμn→μ at speed 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​. Up and down times scale as (ukj,n/n, dkj,n/n)⇒(ukj,dkj)(u^{j,n}_k/n,\ d^{j,n}_k/\sqrt n)\Rightarrow(u^j_k,d^j_k)(ukj,n​/n, dkj,n​/n​)⇒(ukj​,dkj​). The network is balanced, λ=[I−Pt]μ\lambda=[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\muλ=[I−Pt]μ, with PPP the routing matrix. The limit down time D^j(t)\hat D_j(t)D^j​(t) is the sum of dkjd^j_kdkj​ over the up periods completed by time ttt, which is a pure-jump process.

The M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps compares completed graphs, in which each jump is filled in by the straight segment from x(t−)x(t-)x(t−) to x(t)x(t)x(t), through their monotone parametrisations.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, case J=1J=1J=1

For a single station with feedback probability p∈[0,1)p\in[0,1)p∈[0,1), with Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt)\hat Z^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Z^n(nt)Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt), B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt]\hat B^n(t)=n^{-1/2}[B^n(nt)-nt]B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt], Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt)\hat Y^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Y^n(nt)Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt) and D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt)\hat D^n(t)=n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt),

(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1).(\hat Z^n,\hat B^n,\hat Y^n,\hat D^n)\Rightarrow(\hat Z,\hat B,\hat Y,\hat D)\quad\text{in }D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^{4},M_1).(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1​).

Here Z^=ϕ(X^)\hat Z=\phi(\hat X)Z^=ϕ(X^), Y^=μ−1ψ(X^)\hat Y=\mu^{-1}\psi(\hat X)Y^=μ−1ψ(X^) and B^=−D^−Y^\hat B=-\hat D-\hat YB^=−D^−Y^, with Q=pQ=pQ=p and

X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^(t)+(cλ−(1−p)cμ)t+(1−p)μD^(t).\hat X(t)=\hat Z(0)+\hat\xi(t)+\big(c_\lambda-(1-p)c_\mu\big)t+(1-p)\mu\hat D(t).X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^​(t)+(cλ​−(1−p)cμ​)t+(1−p)μD^(t).

The paper states Theorem 4.1 for JJJ stations, with the analogous formulas and Q=PtQ=P^{\mathsf t}Q=Pt. The mission's goal is its case J=1J=1J=1 (see Formalization scope).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: D^n⇒D^\hat D^n\Rightarrow\hat DD^n⇒D^ in D((0,∞),RJ,M1)D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^J,M_1)D((0,∞),RJ,M1​).
  2. Lemma 4.2: n−1Bjn(nt)→tn^{-1}B^n_j(nt)\to tn−1Bjn​(nt)→t u.o.c.
  3. Eq. (4.24): n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^(t)n^{-1/2}\xi^n(nt)\to\hat\xi(t)n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^​(t) u.o.c.
  4. Eqs. (4.28)–(4.29): (n−1/2Xn(nt), n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^)\big(n^{-1/2}X^n(nt),\,n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)\big)\to(\hat X,\hat D)(n−1/2Xn(nt),n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^) jointly in M1M_1M1​.
  5. The almost-sure form of Theorem 4.1 on a Skorohod representation space, case J=1J=1J=1.

Significance

The theorem yields a tractable approximation for networks with rare long interruptions: a reflected Lévy-type process driven by a Brownian part and a compound jump part. Its distribution can be studied through the reflection map. The jump directions [I−Pt]diag⁡(μ)ej[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\operatorname{diag}(\mu)e_j[I−Pt]diag(μ)ej​ make explicit how an outage at one station drains its downstream stations while its own queue builds up. Remark (4.3) of the paper derives a diffusion analogue of Little's law from the same limit.

The theorem is proved in the paper, and no part of it has been formalized. A formalization would produce the first machine-checked M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps, a heavy-traffic limit theorem for a queueing network, and the random-time-change argument for counting processes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument chains three facts: the primitive processes converge, hence so does the scaled free process XXX, and the reflection map is continuous. Two steps break. First, subtraction is not continuous in M1M_1M1​ when the two paths jump at the same time in opposite directions, so the joint convergence of D^n\hat D^nD^n across stations needs (4.11) and one common parametrisation. Second, the reflection map is Lipschitz in the uniform topology, but the uniform topology cannot see jumps that occur at nearby times. Carrying the convergence through the reflection map in the M1M_1M1​ topology requires controlling how the regulator and the regulated process move along each jump segment of X^\hat XX^, jointly for all coordinates.

Formalization scope

Stations are Fin J; the network index is n : ℕ, and only n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ enters. Durations are indexed from 000 in Lean. The queue length is integer valued, (3.2) is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ, and a solution satisfies Z≥0Z\ge 0Z≥0.

  • Solutions, not constructions. Every statement quantifies over all solutions (Zn,Bn)(Z^n,B^n)(Zn,Bn) of (3.2)–(3.3) and all reflection pairs of X^\hat XX^. Existence and uniqueness are asserted in the paper by citation and are not assumed or proved here.
  • M1M_1M1​. Parametric representations are monotone in the order of the completed graph, which is the standard definition. The page states only that the time component is nondecreasing. Convergence on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) means convergence on every [a,b][a,b][a,b] with 0<a<b0<a<b0<a<b continuity points of the limit. Jump segments are segments in Rd\mathbb R^dRd (strong M1M_1M1​). Convergence in D((0,∞),⋅,M1)D((0,\infty),\cdot,M_1)D((0,∞),⋅,M1​) includes the requirement that every path be càdlàg on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), so a copy of the limit that is continuous nowhere cannot satisfy the continuity-point condition vacuously.
  • Weak convergence is in coupling form: one probability space carries copies with the right laws that converge almost surely. The limits in (4.1)–(4.4) are continuous, so there the mode is u.o.c.
  • Corrected printed errors. Lemma 4.2 is stated with n−1n^{-1}n−1 in place of the printed n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, as in its proof. The map on p. 346 is read as ϕ(X)=Z\phi(X)=Zϕ(X)=Z, ψ(X)=diag⁡(μ)Y\psi(X)=\operatorname{diag}(\mu)Yψ(X)=diag(μ)Y, following (4.13). The reflection map allows y(0)≥0y(0)\ge 0y(0)≥0, because X^(0)\hat X(0)X^(0) may leave the orthant when D^(0)>0\hat D(0)>0D^(0)>0; when x(0)≥0x(0)\ge 0x(0)≥0 this agrees with (2.2).
  • Added hypotheses. The processes Zn,Bn,Z^,Y^Z^n,B^n,\hat Z,\hat YZn,Bn,Z^,Y^ are assumed to be stochastic processes (measurable at each time). All networks share one probability space, so that the routing is literally common. No independence is assumed.
  • The goal is the case J=1J=1J=1 of Theorem 4.1. The printed theorem claims strong M1M_1M1​ convergence, with one parametric representation for all 4J4J4J coordinates, for every JJJ. For J≥2J\ge 2J≥2 that claim fails: during an upstream outage, a downstream queue that empties part-way through the jump bends the prelimit graph of (D^j,Y^k)(\hat D_j,\hat Y_k)(D^j​,Y^k​), while the limit's completed graph is a straight segment. For J=1J=1J=1 every coordinate moves linearly through each jump. The milestones Lemma 4.1, Lemma 4.2, (4.24) and (4.28)–(4.29) are stated for general JJJ, and the almost-sure core of the proof for J=1J=1J=1.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. The hypotheses are satisfiable (for example by deterministic arrival and service processes), N^\hat NN^ is used only when ∑kukj=∞\sum_ku^j_k=\infty∑k​ukj​=∞, and laws are compared only for measurable path maps.

Needed infrastructure: the Skorohod space with the M1M_1M1​ topology and its characterization on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), continuity of addition and of composition with continuous time changes, the multidimensional reflection map on paths with jumps, and a Skorohod representation argument. Proofs of Lemma 4.1 and Lemma 4.2 are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • H. Chen, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions, Queueing Systems 13 (1993) 335–359. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01149260
  • O. Kella, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for queues with server vacations, Adv. Appl. Probab. 22 (1990) 706–729 (reference [22] of the paper).
  • J. M. Harrison, M. I. Reiman, Reflected Brownian motion on an orthant, Ann. Probab. 9 (1981) 302–308. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176994472
  • H. Chen, A. Mandelbaum, Discrete flow networks: diffusion approximations and bottlenecks, Ann. Probab. 19 (1991) 1463–1519 (reference [6] of the paper).
  • M. I. Reiman, Open queueing networks in heavy traffic, Math. Oper. Res. 9 (1984) 441–458 (reference [25] of the paper).
  • W. Whitt, Some useful functions for functional limit theorems, Math. Oper. Res. 5 (1980) 67–85. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.67
  • A. V. Skorohod, Limit theorems for stochastic processes, Theory Probab. Appl. 1 (1956) 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1137/1101022
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations II: Mean-Square and Almost Sure Exponential StabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineered systems switch between a finite number of operating modes at random times: a power grid after a line failure, a networked controller whose links drop, a manufacturing plant whose machines break down and are repaired. A standard model for such systems is a hybrid stochastic differential equation, also called an SDE with Markovian switching: the state follows an Itô equation whose coefficients depend on a mode that evolves as a continuous-time Markov chain. The monograph of Mao and Yuan (Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, 2006) develops the stability theory of these equations.

A controller that stabilizes such a system usually needs the current state. In practice the state is sampled: it is observed at times 0,τ,2τ,…0,\tau,2\tau,\dots0,τ,2τ,… and the control is held between observations. Mao (Automatica 49, 2013) showed that, under a global Lipschitz condition on the drift and diffusion, a feedback control based on discrete-time observations makes a hybrid SDE mean-square exponentially stable when τ\tauτ is small enough. You, Liu, Lu, Mao and Qiu (SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 2015) replaced that condition by local Lipschitz continuity plus linear growth, gave an explicit bound (3.5) on the admissible observation interval, and proved H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability, asymptotic stability, and, in Section 4, exponential stability in mean square and almost surely with an explicit rate. This mission formalizes that exponential stability result, Theorem 4.2, and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,{Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,{Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a probability space with a filtration satisfying the usual conditions (increasing, right-continuous, F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains the null sets). On it live an mmm-dimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion www and a right-continuous {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain rrr on S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N} with generator Γ=(γij)\Gamma=(\gamma_{ij})Γ=(γij​) (γij≥0\gamma_{ij}\ge0γij​≥0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j, zero row sums), independent of www. Fix τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and the sampling time δt=[t/τ]τ\delta_t=[t/\tau]\tauδt​=[t/τ]τ. The controlled system is

dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t) dw(t),x(0)=x0, r(0)=r0,(2.1)dx(t)=\big(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(\delta_t),r(t),t)\big)dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)\,dw(t),\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ r(0)=r_0,\tag{2.1}dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt​),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)dw(t),x(0)=x0​, r(0)=r0​,(2.1)

with f,u:Rn×S×R+→Rnf,u:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^nf,u:Rn×S×R+​→Rn and g:Rn×S×R+→Rn×mg:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}g:Rn×S×R+​→Rn×m.

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 2.1: f,gf,gf,g locally Lipschitz in xxx, and ∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1∣x∣|f(x,i,t)|\le K_1|x|∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1​∣x∣, ∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2∣x∣|g(x,i,t)|\le K_2|x|∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2​∣x∣ (∣g∣|g|∣g∣ the trace norm).
  • Assumption 2.2: ∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3∣x−y∣|u(x,i,t)-u(y,i,t)|\le K_3|x-y|∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3​∣x−y∣ and u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0.
  • Assumption 3.1: there are U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+;R+)U\in C^{2,1}(\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+;\mathbb R_+)U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+​;R+​) and λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0 with LU(x,i,t)+λ1∣Ux(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2∣x∣2\mathcal LU(x,i,t)+\lambda_1|U_x(x,i,t)|^2\le-\lambda_2|x|^2LU(x,i,t)+λ1​∣Ux​(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2​∣x∣2, where
LU=Ut+Ux[f+u]+12trace⁡[gTUxxg]+∑jγijU(x,j,t).\mathcal LU=U_t+U_x[f+u]+\tfrac12\operatorname{trace}[g^TU_{xx}g]+\sum_j\gamma_{ij}U(x,j,t).LU=Ut​+Ux​[f+u]+21​trace[gTUxx​g]+j∑​γij​U(x,j,t).
  • Assumption 4.1: c1∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2∣x∣2c_1|x|^2\le U(x,i,t)\le c_2|x|^2c1​∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2​∣x∣2 with c1,c2>0c_1,c_2>0c1​,c2​>0.
  • Condition (3.5): λ2>τK32λ1[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda_2>\frac{\tau K_3^2}{\lambda_1}\big[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big]λ2​>λ1​τK32​​[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] and τ≤14K3\tau\le\frac1{4K_3}τ≤4K3​1​.

Put θ=K32/λ1\theta=K_3^2/\lambda_1θ=K32​/λ1​, λ=λ2−θτ[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda=\lambda_2-\theta\tau[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2]λ=λ2​−θτ[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] (positive by (3.5)), and

H1=θτ(2τ(K12+2K32)+K22)+24θτ4K341−6τ2K32,H2=12θτ2K32(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32.H_1=\theta\tau\big(2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big)+\frac{24\theta\tau^4K_3^4}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2},\qquad H_2=\frac{12\theta\tau^2K_3^2(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}.H1​=θτ(2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​)+1−6τ2K32​24θτ4K34​​,H2​=1−6τ2K32​12θτ2K32​(τK12​+K22​)​.

In Lean these are Assumption21, Assumption22, C21, LU, Assumption31, Assumption41, Condition35, theta, lam, H1, H2, rateEquationLHS; the basis is HybridSetup, the Itô integral IsItoIntegral, the sampling time delta, solutions SolvesSampledHybridSDE, and the functional (4.7) Vbar, all in the namespace You2015.Expo.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (exponential stability)

Under the hypotheses above, the equation

2τγe2τγ(H1+τH2)+γc2=λ(4.4)2\tau\gamma e^{2\tau\gamma}(H_1+\tau H_2)+\gamma c_2=\lambda\tag{4.4}2τγe2τγ(H1​+τH2​)+γc2​=λ(4.4)

has a unique root γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, and every solution of (2.1) satisfies

lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡∣x(t)∣≤−γ2a.s.\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log\big(\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\big)\le-\gamma,\qquad\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log|x(t)|\le-\frac\gamma2\quad\text{a.s.}t→∞limsup​t1​log(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,t→∞limsup​t1​log∣x(t)∣≤−2γ​a.s.

for all x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, r0∈Sr_0\in Sr0​∈S.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (3.15) E∣x(t)−x(δt)∣2≤2E∫δtt[τ∣f+u(x(δs),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds\mathbb E|x(t)-x(\delta_t)|^2\le2\mathbb E\int_{\delta_t}^t[\tau|f+u(x(\delta_s),\cdot)|^2+|g|^2]dsE∣x(t)−x(δt​)∣2≤2E∫δt​t​[τ∣f+u(x(δs​),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds.
  2. Theorem 3.2 (H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability): ∫0∞E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞\int_0^\infty\mathbb E|x(s)|^2ds<\infty∫0∞​E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞.
  3. (3.21) E∣x(s)−x(δs)∣2≤3(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32∫δssE∣x(z)∣2dz+6τ2K321−6τ2K32E∣x(s)∣2\mathbb E|x(s)-x(\delta_s)|^2\le\frac{3(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\int_{\delta_s}^s\mathbb E|x(z)|^2dz+\frac{6\tau^2K_3^2}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\mathbb E|x(s)|^2E∣x(s)−x(δs​)∣2≤1−6τ2K32​3(τK12​+K22​)​∫δs​s​E∣x(z)∣2dz+1−6τ2K32​6τ2K32​​E∣x(s)∣2.
  4. (4.11) EVˉ(x^z,r^z,z)≤(H1+τH2)∫z−2τzE∣x(y)∣2dy\mathbb E\bar V(\hat x_z,\hat r_z,z)\le(H_1+\tau H_2)\int_{z-2\tau}^z\mathbb E|x(y)|^2dyEVˉ(x^z​,r^z​,z)≤(H1​+τH2​)∫z−2τz​E∣x(y)∣2dy for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ.
  5. (4.14) c1eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤Cc_1e^{\gamma t}\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\le Cc1​eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤C for t≥2τt\ge2\taut≥2τ.
  6. (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3), the mean-square-to-almost-sure transfer cited from Mao–Yuan [23, Theorem 8.8].

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 gives a quantitative guarantee: a controller that samples the state every τ\tauτ units makes the switching system decay exponentially, with a rate γ\gammaγ computable from the constants of the assumptions. Asymptotic stability (Section 3 of the paper) says nothing about how fast trajectories settle; the rate is what a designer trades against the sampling cost when choosing τ\tauτ. The almost sure statement concerns individual trajectories, which is what an operator observes.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Mathlib has real Brownian motion but no Itô integral, no stochastic differential equations and no continuous-time Markov chains. The mission therefore also produces a definition layer: a filtration under the usual conditions, a multidimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion, an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with a given generator, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of vector-valued integrands, and the solution notion of an SDE with Markovian switching and a sampled-state delay. A related but different layer exists on Prove2Me for Ethier–Kurtz (EthierKurtz_IsStandardBrownian, EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, EthierKurtz_SolvesBrownianSDE); it has no mode switching and no sampled state, so it cannot express (2.1). Formalization also checks the constants: it found that the printed H1H_1H1​ in (4.5) disagrees with the paper's own derivation (see below).

Difficulty

Equation (2.1) is a stochastic differential delay equation whose delay t−δtt-\delta_tt−δt​ is bounded but jumps at every observation time, so the delay-equation stability theorems that require a differentiable delay with derivative below one (Mao–Yuan, p. 285) do not apply. A Lyapunov function of the current state alone leaves the term Ux[u(x(t))−u(x(δt))]U_x[u(x(t))-u(x(\delta_t))]Ux​[u(x(t))−u(x(δt​))], which has no sign and depends on the path over a whole observation interval. An exponential rate requires controlling this delay term with an exponential weight, and the weight inflates the delay contribution by a factor e2τγe^{2\tau\gamma}e2τγ; the rate equation (4.4) records exactly this balance. The almost sure part does not follow from the mean-square part by Chebyshev's inequality at fixed times alone: a pathwise bound needs control of the supremum of ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ over each unit interval, which involves the martingale part of the solution.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; the explicit constants in (3.5), (3.21), (4.5) depend on it. The diffusion ggg is given by its mmm columns and ∣g∣2=∑k∣gk∣2|g|^2=\sum_k|g_k|^2∣g∣2=∑k​∣gk​∣2 (trace norm). Modes are Fin N (0-based). Time is ℝ≥0; time integrals are over subsets of R\mathbb RR at s.toNNReal.
  • Every expectation of a nonnegative quantity (E∣x∣2\mathbb E|x|^2E∣x∣2, EVˉ\mathbb E\bar VEVˉ) and every time integral of one is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable process cannot produce a junk value 000.
  • Logarithms. The paper's log⁡\loglog takes the value −∞-\infty−∞ at 000. For a finite a(t)≥0a(t)\ge0a(t)≥0, lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡a(t)≤−γ\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log a(t)\le-\gammalimsupt→∞​t1​loga(t)≤−γ is stated in the equivalent form "for every γ′<γ\gamma'<\gammaγ′<γ, eventually a(t)≤e−γ′ta(t)\le e^{-\gamma't}a(t)≤e−γ′t". Lean's Real.log 0 = 0 never enters. In (4.3) the almost-sure quantifier is outside the quantifier over γ′\gamma'γ′.
  • Correction of (4.5). The page prints the last term of H1H_1H1​ as 24τ3K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\tau^3K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24τ3K34​/(1−6τ2K32​). Substituting (3.21) into (4.9), as the proof does, gives 24θτ4K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\theta\tau^4K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24θτ4K34​/(1−6τ2K32​) (the same computation reproduces the printed H2H_2H2​). The mission uses the corrected H1H_1H1​ in the goal, (4.11) and (4.14). With the printed value the claimed rate could exceed what the proof yields whenever θτ>1\theta\tau>1θτ>1.
  • "The unique root" is a conjunct of the goal (∃! γ>0\exists!\,\gamma>0∃!γ>0); the stability conclusions are stated for every positive root. "(so λ>0\lambda>0λ>0)" is a consequence of (3.5), not a hypothesis. (4.4) is kept as an equality.
  • "The solution of (2.1)" is read as every process satisfying the solution definition: progressively measurable, almost surely continuous paths, E∣x(t)∣2<∞\mathbb E|x(t)|^2<\inftyE∣x(t)∣2<∞ for each ttt, and for each ttt, almost surely, the integral equation with Itô integrals in the L2L^2L2 sense. Existence and uniqueness (cited from Mao–Yuan on p. 908) are not asserted.
  • "An mmm-dimensional Brownian motion" and "a Markov chain with generator Γ\GammaΓ" are read in the Mao–Yuan framework the paper cites: an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion with independent coordinates and increments independent of the past, and an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with transition matrix etΓe^{t\Gamma}etΓ. The usual conditions are kept as hypotheses.
  • "Locally Lipschitz" is uniform in the mode and time on each ball. C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1 carries its derivatives Ut,Ux,UxxU_t,U_x,U_{xx}Ut​,Ux​,Uxx​ as witnesses tied to UUU by derivative relations and joint continuity.
  • "τ>0\tau>0τ>0 sufficiently small for (3.5)" means every τ>0\tau>0τ>0 satisfying both inequalities of (3.5). U,λ1,λ2,c1,c2,τU,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,c_1,c_2,\tauU,λ1​,λ2​,c1​,c2​,τ are data. The constant CCC of (4.14) is chosen after x0x_0x0​, r0r_0r0​, the solution and γ\gammaγ, and before ttt.
  • (3.15), (3.21) and the transfer (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3) are stated under fewer hypotheses than the surrounding proof has (Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, τ>0\tau>0τ>0, and for (3.21) τ≤1/(4K3)\tau\le1/(4K_3)τ≤1/(4K3​)), because their derivations use no more. Vˉ\bar VVˉ of (4.7) is used only for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ, where no extension of the solution to negative times is needed. Other misprints on the page (g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0) on p. 909, V(x^0,r^0,t)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,t)V(x^0​,r^0​,t) for V(x^0,r^0,0)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,0)V(x^0​,r^0​,0) on p. 918, the swapped ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ on p. 907) are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the expectations are not Bochner integrals, log⁡0\log 0log0 is never evaluated, the goal asserts that the rate equation has exactly one positive root (so the stability clauses are not vacuous), the solution notion admits the true solution and requires path continuity, and the derivative witnesses of UUU are tied to UUU. A sorry-free local check confirms that Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, condition (3.5) and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 hold for n=m=N=1n=m=N=1n=m=N=1, f=g=0f=g=0f=g=0, u(x)=−xu(x)=-xu(x)=−x, U=∣x∣2U=|x|^2U=∣x∣2, K1=K2=K3=1K_1=K_2=K_3=1K1​=K2​=K3​=1, λ1=1/4\lambda_1=1/4λ1​=1/4, λ2=1\lambda_2=1λ2​=1, c1=c2=1c_1=c_2=1c1​=c2​=1, τ=1/10\tau=1/10τ=1/10; for these data LU+λ1∣Ux∣2=−∣x∣2\mathcal LU+\lambda_1|U_x|^2=-|x|^2LU+λ1​∣Ux​∣2=−∣x∣2 by hand.

Welcome contributions: the Itô isometry and Itô's formula for the L2L^2L2 integral defined here, a generalized Itô formula for functions of a Markov-modulated Itô process, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, and the Borel–Cantelli argument that turns mean-square exponential decay into almost sure decay. These are reusable far beyond this mission. Section 3 of the paper (asymptotic stability) is a separate mission of the same series.

Selected references

  • S. You, W. Liu, J. Lu, X. Mao, Q. Qiu, Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 905–925, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140985779
  • X. Mao, C. Yuan, Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, Imperial College Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1142/p473
  • X. Mao, Stabilization of continuous-time hybrid stochastic differential equations by discrete-time feedback control, Automatica 49(12), 3677–3681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.automatica.2013.09.005
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 21 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me